Home | History | Annotate | Line # | Download | only in bfd
elfnn-loongarch.c revision 1.1.1.2
      1      1.1  christos /* LoongArch-specific support for NN-bit ELF.
      2  1.1.1.2  christos    Copyright (C) 2021-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
      3      1.1  christos    Contributed by Loongson Ltd.
      4      1.1  christos 
      5      1.1  christos    This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
      6      1.1  christos 
      7      1.1  christos    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
      8      1.1  christos    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
      9      1.1  christos    the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
     10      1.1  christos    (at your option) any later version.
     11      1.1  christos 
     12      1.1  christos    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     13      1.1  christos    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     14      1.1  christos    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
     15      1.1  christos    GNU General Public License for more details.
     16      1.1  christos 
     17      1.1  christos    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
     18      1.1  christos    along with this program; see the file COPYING3.  If not,
     19      1.1  christos    see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
     20      1.1  christos 
     21      1.1  christos #include "ansidecl.h"
     22      1.1  christos #include "sysdep.h"
     23      1.1  christos #include "bfd.h"
     24      1.1  christos #include "libbfd.h"
     25      1.1  christos #define ARCH_SIZE NN
     26      1.1  christos #include "elf-bfd.h"
     27      1.1  christos #include "objalloc.h"
     28      1.1  christos #include "elf/loongarch.h"
     29      1.1  christos #include "elfxx-loongarch.h"
     30  1.1.1.2  christos #include "opcode/loongarch.h"
     31      1.1  christos 
     32      1.1  christos static bool
     33      1.1  christos loongarch_info_to_howto_rela (bfd *abfd, arelent *cache_ptr,
     34      1.1  christos 			      Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
     35      1.1  christos {
     36      1.1  christos   cache_ptr->howto = loongarch_elf_rtype_to_howto (abfd,
     37      1.1  christos 						   ELFNN_R_TYPE (dst->r_info));
     38      1.1  christos   return cache_ptr->howto != NULL;
     39      1.1  christos }
     40      1.1  christos 
     41      1.1  christos /* LoongArch ELF linker hash entry.  */
     42      1.1  christos struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_entry
     43      1.1  christos {
     44      1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry elf;
     45      1.1  christos 
     46      1.1  christos #define GOT_UNKNOWN 0
     47      1.1  christos #define GOT_NORMAL  1
     48      1.1  christos #define GOT_TLS_GD  2
     49      1.1  christos #define GOT_TLS_IE  4
     50      1.1  christos #define GOT_TLS_LE  8
     51  1.1.1.2  christos #define GOT_TLS_GDESC 16
     52  1.1.1.2  christos 
     53  1.1.1.2  christos #define GOT_TLS_GD_BOTH_P(tls_type) \
     54  1.1.1.2  christos   ((tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD) && (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GDESC))
     55  1.1.1.2  christos #define GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P(tls_type) \
     56  1.1.1.2  christos   ((tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD) || (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GDESC))
     57      1.1  christos   char tls_type;
     58      1.1  christos };
     59      1.1  christos 
     60      1.1  christos #define loongarch_elf_hash_entry(ent)	\
     61      1.1  christos   ((struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
     62      1.1  christos 
     63      1.1  christos struct _bfd_loongarch_elf_obj_tdata
     64      1.1  christos {
     65      1.1  christos   struct elf_obj_tdata root;
     66      1.1  christos 
     67      1.1  christos   /* The tls_type for each local got entry.  */
     68      1.1  christos   char *local_got_tls_type;
     69      1.1  christos };
     70      1.1  christos 
     71      1.1  christos #define _bfd_loongarch_elf_tdata(abfd)	\
     72      1.1  christos   ((struct _bfd_loongarch_elf_obj_tdata *) (abfd)->tdata.any)
     73      1.1  christos 
     74      1.1  christos #define _bfd_loongarch_elf_local_got_tls_type(abfd)	\
     75      1.1  christos   (_bfd_loongarch_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_got_tls_type)
     76      1.1  christos 
     77      1.1  christos #define _bfd_loongarch_elf_tls_type(abfd, h, symndx)			\
     78      1.1  christos   (*((h) != NULL							\
     79      1.1  christos      ? &loongarch_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_type				\
     80      1.1  christos      : &_bfd_loongarch_elf_local_got_tls_type (abfd)[symndx]))
     81      1.1  christos 
     82      1.1  christos #define is_loongarch_elf(bfd)						\
     83      1.1  christos   (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour			\
     84      1.1  christos    && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL						\
     85      1.1  christos    && elf_object_id (bfd) == LARCH_ELF_DATA)
     86      1.1  christos 
     87      1.1  christos struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table
     88      1.1  christos {
     89      1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_table elf;
     90      1.1  christos 
     91      1.1  christos   /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections.  */
     92      1.1  christos   asection *sdyntdata;
     93      1.1  christos 
     94      1.1  christos   /* Small local sym to section mapping cache.  */
     95      1.1  christos   struct sym_cache sym_cache;
     96      1.1  christos 
     97      1.1  christos   /* Used by local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols.  */
     98      1.1  christos   htab_t loc_hash_table;
     99      1.1  christos   void *loc_hash_memory;
    100      1.1  christos 
    101      1.1  christos   /* The max alignment of output sections.  */
    102      1.1  christos   bfd_vma max_alignment;
    103  1.1.1.2  christos 
    104  1.1.1.2  christos   /* The data segment phase, don't relax the section
    105  1.1.1.2  christos      when it is exp_seg_relro_adjust.  */
    106  1.1.1.2  christos   int *data_segment_phase;
    107      1.1  christos };
    108      1.1  christos 
    109      1.1  christos /* Get the LoongArch ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure.  */
    110      1.1  christos #define loongarch_elf_hash_table(p)					\
    111      1.1  christos   (elf_hash_table_id (elf_hash_table (p)) == LARCH_ELF_DATA		\
    112      1.1  christos    ? ((struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))		\
    113      1.1  christos    : NULL)
    114      1.1  christos 
    115      1.1  christos #define MINUS_ONE ((bfd_vma) 0 - 1)
    116      1.1  christos 
    117      1.1  christos #define sec_addr(sec) ((sec)->output_section->vma + (sec)->output_offset)
    118      1.1  christos 
    119      1.1  christos #define LARCH_ELF_LOG_WORD_BYTES (ARCH_SIZE == 32 ? 2 : 3)
    120      1.1  christos #define LARCH_ELF_WORD_BYTES (1 << LARCH_ELF_LOG_WORD_BYTES)
    121      1.1  christos 
    122      1.1  christos #define PLT_HEADER_INSNS 8
    123      1.1  christos #define PLT_HEADER_SIZE (PLT_HEADER_INSNS * 4)
    124      1.1  christos 
    125      1.1  christos #define PLT_ENTRY_INSNS 4
    126      1.1  christos #define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (PLT_ENTRY_INSNS * 4)
    127      1.1  christos 
    128      1.1  christos #define GOT_ENTRY_SIZE (LARCH_ELF_WORD_BYTES)
    129      1.1  christos 
    130  1.1.1.2  christos /* Reserve two entries of GOTPLT for ld.so, one is used for PLT
    131  1.1.1.2  christos    resolver _dl_runtime_resolve, the other is used for link map.  */
    132      1.1  christos #define GOTPLT_HEADER_SIZE (GOT_ENTRY_SIZE * 2)
    133      1.1  christos 
    134      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
    135      1.1  christos 
    136      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
    137      1.1  christos 
    138      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
    139      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_plt_alignment 4
    140      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
    141      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
    142      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_want_got_sym 1
    143      1.1  christos 
    144      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_got_header_size (GOT_ENTRY_SIZE * 1)
    145      1.1  christos 
    146      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
    147      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
    148      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_default_execstack 0
    149      1.1  christos 
    150  1.1.1.2  christos #define IS_LOONGARCH_TLS_TRANS_RELOC(R_TYPE)  \
    151  1.1.1.2  christos   ((R_TYPE) == R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PC_HI20	      \
    152  1.1.1.2  christos    || (R_TYPE) == R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PC_LO12    \
    153  1.1.1.2  christos    || (R_TYPE) == R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_LD	      \
    154  1.1.1.2  christos    || (R_TYPE) == R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_CALL	      \
    155  1.1.1.2  christos    || (R_TYPE) == R_LARCH_TLS_IE_PC_HI20      \
    156  1.1.1.2  christos    || (R_TYPE) == R_LARCH_TLS_IE_PC_LO12)
    157  1.1.1.2  christos 
    158  1.1.1.2  christos #define IS_OUTDATED_TLS_LE_RELOC(R_TYPE)  \
    159  1.1.1.2  christos   ((R_TYPE) == R_LARCH_TLS_LE_HI20	  \
    160  1.1.1.2  christos    || (R_TYPE) == R_LARCH_TLS_LE_LO12	  \
    161  1.1.1.2  christos    || (R_TYPE) == R_LARCH_TLS_LE64_LO20	  \
    162  1.1.1.2  christos    || (R_TYPE) == R_LARCH_TLS_LE64_HI12)
    163  1.1.1.2  christos 
    164  1.1.1.2  christos /* If TLS GD/IE need dynamic relocations, INDX will be the dynamic indx,
    165  1.1.1.2  christos    and set NEED_RELOC to true used in allocate_dynrelocs and
    166  1.1.1.2  christos    loongarch_elf_relocate_section for TLS GD/IE.  */
    167  1.1.1.2  christos #define LARCH_TLS_GD_IE_NEED_DYN_RELOC(INFO, DYN, H, INDX, NEED_RELOC) \
    168  1.1.1.2  christos   do \
    169  1.1.1.2  christos     { \
    170  1.1.1.2  christos       if ((H) != NULL \
    171  1.1.1.2  christos 	  && (H)->dynindx != -1 \
    172  1.1.1.2  christos 	  && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL ((DYN), \
    173  1.1.1.2  christos 				    bfd_link_pic (INFO), (H))) \
    174  1.1.1.2  christos       (INDX) = (H)->dynindx; \
    175  1.1.1.2  christos       if (((H) == NULL \
    176  1.1.1.2  christos 	    || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY ((H)->other) == STV_DEFAULT \
    177  1.1.1.2  christos 	    || (H)->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak) \
    178  1.1.1.2  christos 	    && (!bfd_link_executable (INFO) \
    179  1.1.1.2  christos 	      || (INDX) != 0)) \
    180  1.1.1.2  christos       (NEED_RELOC) = true; \
    181  1.1.1.2  christos     } \
    182  1.1.1.2  christos     while (0)
    183  1.1.1.2  christos 
    184  1.1.1.2  christos 
    185      1.1  christos /* Generate a PLT header.  */
    186      1.1  christos 
    187      1.1  christos static bool
    188      1.1  christos loongarch_make_plt_header (bfd_vma got_plt_addr, bfd_vma plt_header_addr,
    189      1.1  christos 			   uint32_t *entry)
    190      1.1  christos {
    191      1.1  christos   bfd_vma pcrel = got_plt_addr - plt_header_addr;
    192      1.1  christos   bfd_vma hi, lo;
    193      1.1  christos 
    194      1.1  christos   if (pcrel + 0x80000800 > 0xffffffff)
    195      1.1  christos     {
    196      1.1  christos       _bfd_error_handler (_("%#" PRIx64 " invaild imm"), (uint64_t) pcrel);
    197      1.1  christos       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
    198      1.1  christos       return false;
    199      1.1  christos     }
    200      1.1  christos   hi = ((pcrel + 0x800) >> 12) & 0xfffff;
    201      1.1  christos   lo = pcrel & 0xfff;
    202      1.1  christos 
    203      1.1  christos   /* pcaddu12i  $t2, %hi(%pcrel(.got.plt))
    204      1.1  christos      sub.[wd]   $t1, $t1, $t3
    205      1.1  christos      ld.[wd]    $t3, $t2, %lo(%pcrel(.got.plt)) # _dl_runtime_resolve
    206      1.1  christos      addi.[wd]  $t1, $t1, -(PLT_HEADER_SIZE + 12)
    207      1.1  christos      addi.[wd]  $t0, $t2, %lo(%pcrel(.got.plt))
    208      1.1  christos      srli.[wd]  $t1, $t1, log2(16 / GOT_ENTRY_SIZE)
    209      1.1  christos      ld.[wd]    $t0, $t0, GOT_ENTRY_SIZE
    210      1.1  christos      jirl   $r0, $t3, 0 */
    211      1.1  christos 
    212      1.1  christos   if (GOT_ENTRY_SIZE == 8)
    213      1.1  christos     {
    214      1.1  christos       entry[0] = 0x1c00000e | (hi & 0xfffff) << 5;
    215      1.1  christos       entry[1] = 0x0011bdad;
    216      1.1  christos       entry[2] = 0x28c001cf | (lo & 0xfff) << 10;
    217      1.1  christos       entry[3] = 0x02c001ad | ((-(PLT_HEADER_SIZE + 12)) & 0xfff) << 10;
    218      1.1  christos       entry[4] = 0x02c001cc | (lo & 0xfff) << 10;
    219      1.1  christos       entry[5] = 0x004501ad | (4 - LARCH_ELF_LOG_WORD_BYTES) << 10;
    220      1.1  christos       entry[6] = 0x28c0018c | GOT_ENTRY_SIZE << 10;
    221      1.1  christos       entry[7] = 0x4c0001e0;
    222      1.1  christos     }
    223      1.1  christos   else
    224      1.1  christos     {
    225      1.1  christos       entry[0] = 0x1c00000e | (hi & 0xfffff) << 5;
    226      1.1  christos       entry[1] = 0x00113dad;
    227      1.1  christos       entry[2] = 0x288001cf | (lo & 0xfff) << 10;
    228      1.1  christos       entry[3] = 0x028001ad | ((-(PLT_HEADER_SIZE + 12)) & 0xfff) << 10;
    229      1.1  christos       entry[4] = 0x028001cc | (lo & 0xfff) << 10;
    230      1.1  christos       entry[5] = 0x004481ad | (4 - LARCH_ELF_LOG_WORD_BYTES) << 10;
    231      1.1  christos       entry[6] = 0x2880018c | GOT_ENTRY_SIZE << 10;
    232      1.1  christos       entry[7] = 0x4c0001e0;
    233      1.1  christos     }
    234      1.1  christos   return true;
    235      1.1  christos }
    236      1.1  christos 
    237      1.1  christos /* Generate a PLT entry.  */
    238      1.1  christos 
    239      1.1  christos static bool
    240      1.1  christos loongarch_make_plt_entry (bfd_vma got_plt_entry_addr, bfd_vma plt_entry_addr,
    241      1.1  christos 			  uint32_t *entry)
    242      1.1  christos {
    243      1.1  christos   bfd_vma pcrel = got_plt_entry_addr - plt_entry_addr;
    244      1.1  christos   bfd_vma hi, lo;
    245      1.1  christos 
    246      1.1  christos   if (pcrel + 0x80000800 > 0xffffffff)
    247      1.1  christos     {
    248      1.1  christos       _bfd_error_handler (_("%#" PRIx64 " invaild imm"), (uint64_t) pcrel);
    249      1.1  christos       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
    250      1.1  christos       return false;
    251      1.1  christos     }
    252      1.1  christos   hi = ((pcrel + 0x800) >> 12) & 0xfffff;
    253      1.1  christos   lo = pcrel & 0xfff;
    254      1.1  christos 
    255      1.1  christos   entry[0] = 0x1c00000f | (hi & 0xfffff) << 5;
    256      1.1  christos   entry[1] = ((GOT_ENTRY_SIZE == 8 ? 0x28c001ef : 0x288001ef)
    257      1.1  christos 	      | (lo & 0xfff) << 10);
    258      1.1  christos   entry[2] = 0x4c0001ed;	/* jirl $r13, $15, 0 */
    259      1.1  christos   entry[3] = 0x03400000;	/* nop */
    260      1.1  christos 
    261      1.1  christos   return true;
    262      1.1  christos }
    263      1.1  christos 
    264      1.1  christos /* Create an entry in an LoongArch ELF linker hash table.  */
    265      1.1  christos 
    266      1.1  christos static struct bfd_hash_entry *
    267      1.1  christos link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry, struct bfd_hash_table *table,
    268      1.1  christos 		   const char *string)
    269      1.1  christos {
    270      1.1  christos   struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
    271      1.1  christos 
    272      1.1  christos   /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
    273      1.1  christos      subclass.  */
    274      1.1  christos   if (entry == NULL)
    275      1.1  christos     {
    276      1.1  christos       entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (*eh));
    277      1.1  christos       if (entry == NULL)
    278      1.1  christos 	return entry;
    279      1.1  christos     }
    280      1.1  christos 
    281      1.1  christos   /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
    282      1.1  christos   entry = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
    283      1.1  christos   if (entry != NULL)
    284      1.1  christos     {
    285      1.1  christos       eh = (struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
    286      1.1  christos       eh->tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
    287      1.1  christos     }
    288      1.1  christos 
    289      1.1  christos   return entry;
    290      1.1  christos }
    291      1.1  christos 
    292      1.1  christos /* Compute a hash of a local hash entry.  We use elf_link_hash_entry
    293      1.1  christos   for local symbol so that we can handle local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols
    294      1.1  christos   as global symbol.  We reuse indx and dynstr_index for local symbol
    295      1.1  christos   hash since they aren't used by global symbols in this backend.  */
    296      1.1  christos 
    297      1.1  christos static hashval_t
    298      1.1  christos elfNN_loongarch_local_htab_hash (const void *ptr)
    299      1.1  christos {
    300      1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) ptr;
    301      1.1  christos   return ELF_LOCAL_SYMBOL_HASH (h->indx, h->dynstr_index);
    302      1.1  christos }
    303      1.1  christos 
    304      1.1  christos /* Compare local hash entries.  */
    305      1.1  christos 
    306      1.1  christos static int
    307      1.1  christos elfNN_loongarch_local_htab_eq (const void *ptr1, const void *ptr2)
    308      1.1  christos {
    309      1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h1 = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) ptr1;
    310      1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h2 = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) ptr2;
    311      1.1  christos 
    312      1.1  christos   return h1->indx == h2->indx && h1->dynstr_index == h2->dynstr_index;
    313      1.1  christos }
    314      1.1  christos 
    315      1.1  christos /* Find and/or create a hash entry for local symbol.  */
    316      1.1  christos static struct elf_link_hash_entry *
    317      1.1  christos elfNN_loongarch_get_local_sym_hash (struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *htab,
    318      1.1  christos 				    bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
    319      1.1  christos 				    bool create)
    320      1.1  christos {
    321      1.1  christos   struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_entry e, *ret;
    322      1.1  christos   asection *sec = abfd->sections;
    323      1.1  christos   hashval_t h = ELF_LOCAL_SYMBOL_HASH (sec->id, ELFNN_R_SYM (rel->r_info));
    324      1.1  christos   void **slot;
    325      1.1  christos 
    326      1.1  christos   e.elf.indx = sec->id;
    327      1.1  christos   e.elf.dynstr_index = ELFNN_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
    328      1.1  christos   slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (htab->loc_hash_table, &e, h,
    329      1.1  christos 				   create ? INSERT : NO_INSERT);
    330      1.1  christos 
    331      1.1  christos   if (!slot)
    332      1.1  christos     return NULL;
    333      1.1  christos 
    334      1.1  christos   if (*slot)
    335      1.1  christos     {
    336      1.1  christos       ret = (struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_entry *) *slot;
    337      1.1  christos       return &ret->elf;
    338      1.1  christos     }
    339      1.1  christos 
    340      1.1  christos   ret = ((struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_entry *)
    341      1.1  christos 	 objalloc_alloc ((struct objalloc *) htab->loc_hash_memory,
    342      1.1  christos 			 sizeof (struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_entry)));
    343      1.1  christos   if (ret)
    344      1.1  christos     {
    345      1.1  christos       memset (ret, 0, sizeof (*ret));
    346      1.1  christos       ret->elf.indx = sec->id;
    347      1.1  christos       ret->elf.pointer_equality_needed = 0;
    348      1.1  christos       ret->elf.dynstr_index = ELFNN_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
    349      1.1  christos       ret->elf.dynindx = -1;
    350      1.1  christos       ret->elf.needs_plt = 0;
    351      1.1  christos       ret->elf.plt.refcount = -1;
    352      1.1  christos       ret->elf.got.refcount = -1;
    353      1.1  christos       ret->elf.def_dynamic = 0;
    354      1.1  christos       ret->elf.def_regular = 1;
    355      1.1  christos       ret->elf.ref_dynamic = 0; /* This should be always 0 for local.  */
    356      1.1  christos       ret->elf.ref_regular = 0;
    357      1.1  christos       ret->elf.forced_local = 1;
    358      1.1  christos       ret->elf.root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
    359      1.1  christos       *slot = ret;
    360      1.1  christos     }
    361      1.1  christos   return &ret->elf;
    362      1.1  christos }
    363      1.1  christos 
    364      1.1  christos /* Destroy an LoongArch elf linker hash table.  */
    365      1.1  christos 
    366      1.1  christos static void
    367      1.1  christos elfNN_loongarch_link_hash_table_free (bfd *obfd)
    368      1.1  christos {
    369      1.1  christos   struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
    370      1.1  christos   ret = (struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *) obfd->link.hash;
    371      1.1  christos 
    372      1.1  christos   if (ret->loc_hash_table)
    373      1.1  christos     htab_delete (ret->loc_hash_table);
    374      1.1  christos   if (ret->loc_hash_memory)
    375      1.1  christos     objalloc_free ((struct objalloc *) ret->loc_hash_memory);
    376      1.1  christos 
    377      1.1  christos   _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (obfd);
    378      1.1  christos }
    379      1.1  christos 
    380      1.1  christos /* Create a LoongArch ELF linker hash table.  */
    381      1.1  christos 
    382      1.1  christos static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
    383      1.1  christos loongarch_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
    384      1.1  christos {
    385      1.1  christos   struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
    386      1.1  christos   bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table);
    387      1.1  christos 
    388      1.1  christos   ret = (struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *) bfd_zmalloc (amt);
    389      1.1  christos   if (ret == NULL)
    390      1.1  christos     return NULL;
    391      1.1  christos 
    392      1.1  christos   if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
    393      1.1  christos       (&ret->elf, abfd, link_hash_newfunc,
    394      1.1  christos        sizeof (struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_entry), LARCH_ELF_DATA))
    395      1.1  christos     {
    396      1.1  christos       free (ret);
    397      1.1  christos       return NULL;
    398      1.1  christos     }
    399      1.1  christos 
    400      1.1  christos   ret->max_alignment = MINUS_ONE;
    401      1.1  christos 
    402      1.1  christos   ret->loc_hash_table = htab_try_create (1024, elfNN_loongarch_local_htab_hash,
    403      1.1  christos 					 elfNN_loongarch_local_htab_eq, NULL);
    404      1.1  christos   ret->loc_hash_memory = objalloc_create ();
    405      1.1  christos   if (!ret->loc_hash_table || !ret->loc_hash_memory)
    406      1.1  christos     {
    407      1.1  christos       elfNN_loongarch_link_hash_table_free (abfd);
    408      1.1  christos       return NULL;
    409      1.1  christos     }
    410      1.1  christos   ret->elf.root.hash_table_free = elfNN_loongarch_link_hash_table_free;
    411      1.1  christos 
    412      1.1  christos   return &ret->elf.root;
    413      1.1  christos }
    414      1.1  christos 
    415      1.1  christos /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
    416      1.1  christos    object file when linking.  */
    417      1.1  christos 
    418      1.1  christos static bool
    419      1.1  christos elfNN_loongarch_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
    420      1.1  christos {
    421      1.1  christos   bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
    422      1.1  christos   flagword in_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
    423      1.1  christos   flagword out_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
    424      1.1  christos 
    425      1.1  christos   if (!is_loongarch_elf (ibfd) || !is_loongarch_elf (obfd))
    426      1.1  christos     return true;
    427      1.1  christos 
    428      1.1  christos   if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd), bfd_get_target (obfd)) != 0)
    429      1.1  christos     {
    430      1.1  christos       _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: ABI is incompatible with that of "
    431      1.1  christos 			    "the selected emulation:\n"
    432      1.1  christos 			    "  target emulation `%s' does not match `%s'"),
    433      1.1  christos 			  ibfd, bfd_get_target (ibfd), bfd_get_target (obfd));
    434      1.1  christos       return false;
    435      1.1  christos     }
    436      1.1  christos 
    437      1.1  christos   if (!_bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, info))
    438      1.1  christos     return false;
    439      1.1  christos 
    440      1.1  christos   /* If the input BFD is not a dynamic object and it does not contain any
    441      1.1  christos      non-data sections, do not account its ABI.  For example, various
    442      1.1  christos      packages produces such data-only relocatable objects with
    443      1.1  christos      `ld -r -b binary` or `objcopy`, and these objects have zero e_flags.
    444      1.1  christos      But they are compatible with all ABIs.  */
    445      1.1  christos   if (!(ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC))
    446      1.1  christos     {
    447      1.1  christos       asection *sec;
    448      1.1  christos       bool have_code_sections = false;
    449      1.1  christos       for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
    450      1.1  christos 	if ((bfd_section_flags (sec)
    451      1.1  christos 	     & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
    452      1.1  christos 	    == (SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
    453      1.1  christos 	  {
    454      1.1  christos 	    have_code_sections = true;
    455      1.1  christos 	    break;
    456      1.1  christos 	  }
    457      1.1  christos       if (!have_code_sections)
    458      1.1  christos 	return true;
    459      1.1  christos     }
    460      1.1  christos 
    461      1.1  christos   if (!elf_flags_init (obfd))
    462      1.1  christos     {
    463      1.1  christos       elf_flags_init (obfd) = true;
    464      1.1  christos       elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = in_flags;
    465      1.1  christos       return true;
    466      1.1  christos     }
    467      1.1  christos   else if (out_flags != in_flags)
    468      1.1  christos     {
    469      1.1  christos       if ((EF_LOONGARCH_IS_OBJ_V0 (out_flags)
    470      1.1  christos 	   && EF_LOONGARCH_IS_OBJ_V1 (in_flags))
    471      1.1  christos 	  || (EF_LOONGARCH_IS_OBJ_V0 (in_flags)
    472      1.1  christos 	      && EF_LOONGARCH_IS_OBJ_V1 (out_flags)))
    473      1.1  christos 	{
    474      1.1  christos 	  elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_LOONGARCH_OBJABI_V1;
    475      1.1  christos 	  out_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
    476      1.1  christos 	  in_flags = out_flags;
    477      1.1  christos 	}
    478      1.1  christos     }
    479      1.1  christos 
    480      1.1  christos   /* Disallow linking different ABIs.  */
    481      1.1  christos   /* Only check relocation version.
    482      1.1  christos      The obj_v0 is compatible with obj_v1.  */
    483      1.1  christos   if (EF_LOONGARCH_ABI(out_flags ^ in_flags) & EF_LOONGARCH_ABI_MASK)
    484      1.1  christos     {
    485      1.1  christos       _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: can't link different ABI object."), ibfd);
    486      1.1  christos       goto fail;
    487      1.1  christos     }
    488      1.1  christos 
    489      1.1  christos   return true;
    490      1.1  christos 
    491      1.1  christos  fail:
    492      1.1  christos   bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
    493      1.1  christos   return false;
    494      1.1  christos }
    495      1.1  christos 
    496      1.1  christos /* Create the .got section.  */
    497      1.1  christos 
    498      1.1  christos static bool
    499      1.1  christos loongarch_elf_create_got_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
    500      1.1  christos {
    501      1.1  christos   flagword flags;
    502      1.1  christos   char *name;
    503      1.1  christos   asection *s, *s_got;
    504      1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
    505      1.1  christos   const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
    506      1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info);
    507      1.1  christos 
    508      1.1  christos   /* This function may be called more than once.  */
    509      1.1  christos   if (htab->sgot != NULL)
    510      1.1  christos     return true;
    511      1.1  christos 
    512      1.1  christos   flags = bed->dynamic_sec_flags;
    513      1.1  christos   name = bed->rela_plts_and_copies_p ? ".rela.got" : ".rel.got";
    514      1.1  christos   s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, flags | SEC_READONLY);
    515      1.1  christos 
    516      1.1  christos   if (s == NULL || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, bed->s->log_file_align))
    517      1.1  christos     return false;
    518      1.1  christos   htab->srelgot = s;
    519      1.1  christos 
    520      1.1  christos   s = s_got = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".got", flags);
    521      1.1  christos   if (s == NULL || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, bed->s->log_file_align))
    522      1.1  christos     return false;
    523      1.1  christos   htab->sgot = s;
    524      1.1  christos 
    525      1.1  christos   /* The first bit of the global offset table is the header.  */
    526      1.1  christos   s->size += bed->got_header_size;
    527      1.1  christos 
    528      1.1  christos   if (bed->want_got_plt)
    529      1.1  christos     {
    530      1.1  christos       s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".got.plt", flags);
    531      1.1  christos       if (s == NULL || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, bed->s->log_file_align))
    532      1.1  christos 	return false;
    533      1.1  christos       htab->sgotplt = s;
    534      1.1  christos 
    535      1.1  christos       /* Reserve room for the header.  */
    536      1.1  christos       s->size = GOTPLT_HEADER_SIZE;
    537      1.1  christos     }
    538      1.1  christos 
    539      1.1  christos   if (bed->want_got_sym)
    540      1.1  christos     {
    541      1.1  christos       /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the .got
    542      1.1  christos 	 section.  We don't do this in the linker script because we don't want
    543      1.1  christos 	 to define the symbol if we are not creating a global offset table.  */
    544      1.1  christos       h = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd, info, s_got,
    545      1.1  christos 				       "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_");
    546      1.1  christos       elf_hash_table (info)->hgot = h;
    547      1.1  christos       if (h == NULL)
    548      1.1  christos 	return false;
    549      1.1  christos     }
    550      1.1  christos   return true;
    551      1.1  christos }
    552      1.1  christos 
    553      1.1  christos /* Create .plt, .rela.plt, .got, .got.plt, .rela.got, .dynbss, and
    554      1.1  christos    .rela.bss sections in DYNOBJ, and set up shortcuts to them in our
    555      1.1  christos    hash table.  */
    556      1.1  christos 
    557      1.1  christos static bool
    558      1.1  christos loongarch_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *dynobj, struct bfd_link_info *info)
    559      1.1  christos {
    560      1.1  christos   struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
    561      1.1  christos 
    562      1.1  christos   htab = loongarch_elf_hash_table (info);
    563      1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
    564      1.1  christos 
    565      1.1  christos   if (!loongarch_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
    566      1.1  christos     return false;
    567      1.1  christos 
    568      1.1  christos   if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (dynobj, info))
    569      1.1  christos     return false;
    570      1.1  christos 
    571      1.1  christos   if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
    572      1.1  christos     htab->sdyntdata
    573      1.1  christos       = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".tdata.dyn",
    574      1.1  christos 					    SEC_ALLOC | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL);
    575      1.1  christos 
    576      1.1  christos   if (!htab->elf.splt || !htab->elf.srelplt || !htab->elf.sdynbss
    577      1.1  christos       || (!bfd_link_pic (info) && (!htab->elf.srelbss || !htab->sdyntdata)))
    578      1.1  christos     abort ();
    579      1.1  christos 
    580      1.1  christos   return true;
    581      1.1  christos }
    582      1.1  christos 
    583      1.1  christos static bool
    584      1.1  christos loongarch_elf_record_tls_and_got_reference (bfd *abfd,
    585      1.1  christos 					    struct bfd_link_info *info,
    586      1.1  christos 					    struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
    587      1.1  christos 					    unsigned long symndx,
    588      1.1  christos 					    char tls_type)
    589      1.1  christos {
    590      1.1  christos   struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *htab = loongarch_elf_hash_table (info);
    591      1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
    592      1.1  christos 
    593      1.1  christos   /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol.  */
    594      1.1  christos   if (elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) == NULL)
    595      1.1  christos     {
    596      1.1  christos       bfd_size_type size =
    597      1.1  christos 	symtab_hdr->sh_info * (sizeof (bfd_vma) + sizeof (tls_type));
    598      1.1  christos       if (!(elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = bfd_zalloc (abfd, size)))
    599      1.1  christos 	return false;
    600      1.1  christos       _bfd_loongarch_elf_local_got_tls_type (abfd) =
    601      1.1  christos 	(char *) (elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
    602      1.1  christos     }
    603      1.1  christos 
    604      1.1  christos   switch (tls_type)
    605      1.1  christos     {
    606      1.1  christos     case GOT_NORMAL:
    607      1.1  christos     case GOT_TLS_GD:
    608      1.1  christos     case GOT_TLS_IE:
    609  1.1.1.2  christos     case GOT_TLS_GDESC:
    610      1.1  christos       /* Need GOT.  */
    611      1.1  christos       if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL
    612      1.1  christos 	  && !loongarch_elf_create_got_section (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
    613      1.1  christos 	return false;
    614      1.1  christos       if (h)
    615      1.1  christos 	{
    616      1.1  christos 	  if (h->got.refcount < 0)
    617      1.1  christos 	    h->got.refcount = 0;
    618      1.1  christos 	  h->got.refcount++;
    619      1.1  christos 	}
    620      1.1  christos       else
    621      1.1  christos 	elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd)[symndx]++;
    622      1.1  christos       break;
    623      1.1  christos     case GOT_TLS_LE:
    624      1.1  christos       /* No need for GOT.  */
    625      1.1  christos       break;
    626      1.1  christos     default:
    627      1.1  christos       _bfd_error_handler (_("Internal error: unreachable."));
    628      1.1  christos       return false;
    629      1.1  christos     }
    630      1.1  christos 
    631      1.1  christos   char *new_tls_type = &_bfd_loongarch_elf_tls_type (abfd, h, symndx);
    632      1.1  christos   *new_tls_type |= tls_type;
    633  1.1.1.2  christos 
    634  1.1.1.2  christos   /* If a symbol is accessed by both IE and DESC, relax DESC to IE.  */
    635  1.1.1.2  christos   if ((*new_tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) && (*new_tls_type & GOT_TLS_GDESC))
    636  1.1.1.2  christos     *new_tls_type &= ~ (GOT_TLS_GDESC);
    637      1.1  christos   if ((*new_tls_type & GOT_NORMAL) && (*new_tls_type & ~GOT_NORMAL))
    638      1.1  christos     {
    639      1.1  christos       _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: `%s' accessed both as normal and "
    640      1.1  christos 			    "thread local symbol"),
    641      1.1  christos 			  abfd,
    642      1.1  christos 			  h ? h->root.root.string : "<local>");
    643      1.1  christos       return false;
    644      1.1  christos     }
    645      1.1  christos 
    646      1.1  christos   return true;
    647      1.1  christos }
    648      1.1  christos 
    649  1.1.1.2  christos static unsigned int
    650  1.1.1.2  christos loongarch_reloc_got_type (unsigned int r_type)
    651  1.1.1.2  christos {
    652  1.1.1.2  christos   switch (r_type)
    653  1.1.1.2  christos     {
    654  1.1.1.2  christos       case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PC_HI20:
    655  1.1.1.2  christos       case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PC_LO12:
    656  1.1.1.2  christos       case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_LD:
    657  1.1.1.2  christos       case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_CALL:
    658  1.1.1.2  christos 	return GOT_TLS_GDESC;
    659  1.1.1.2  christos 
    660  1.1.1.2  christos       case R_LARCH_TLS_IE_PC_HI20:
    661  1.1.1.2  christos       case R_LARCH_TLS_IE_PC_LO12:
    662  1.1.1.2  christos 	return GOT_TLS_IE;
    663  1.1.1.2  christos 
    664  1.1.1.2  christos       default:
    665  1.1.1.2  christos 	break;
    666  1.1.1.2  christos     }
    667  1.1.1.2  christos   return GOT_UNKNOWN;
    668  1.1.1.2  christos }
    669  1.1.1.2  christos 
    670  1.1.1.2  christos /* Return true if tls type transition can be performed.  */
    671  1.1.1.2  christos static bool
    672  1.1.1.2  christos loongarch_can_trans_tls (bfd *input_bfd,
    673  1.1.1.2  christos 			 struct bfd_link_info *info,
    674  1.1.1.2  christos 			 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
    675  1.1.1.2  christos 			 unsigned int r_symndx,
    676  1.1.1.2  christos 			 unsigned int r_type)
    677  1.1.1.2  christos {
    678  1.1.1.2  christos   char symbol_tls_type;
    679  1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned int reloc_got_type;
    680  1.1.1.2  christos 
    681  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Only TLS DESC/IE in normal code mode will perform type
    682  1.1.1.2  christos      transition.  */
    683  1.1.1.2  christos   if (! IS_LOONGARCH_TLS_TRANS_RELOC (r_type))
    684  1.1.1.2  christos     return false;
    685  1.1.1.2  christos 
    686  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Obtaining tls got type here may occur before
    687  1.1.1.2  christos      loongarch_elf_record_tls_and_got_reference, so it is necessary
    688  1.1.1.2  christos      to ensure that tls got type has been initialized, otherwise it
    689  1.1.1.2  christos      is set to GOT_UNKNOWN.  */
    690  1.1.1.2  christos   symbol_tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
    691  1.1.1.2  christos   if (_bfd_loongarch_elf_local_got_tls_type (input_bfd) || h)
    692  1.1.1.2  christos     symbol_tls_type = _bfd_loongarch_elf_tls_type (input_bfd, h, r_symndx);
    693  1.1.1.2  christos 
    694  1.1.1.2  christos   reloc_got_type = loongarch_reloc_got_type (r_type);
    695  1.1.1.2  christos 
    696  1.1.1.2  christos   if (symbol_tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE && GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (reloc_got_type))
    697  1.1.1.2  christos     return true;
    698  1.1.1.2  christos 
    699  1.1.1.2  christos   if (! bfd_link_executable (info))
    700  1.1.1.2  christos       return false;
    701  1.1.1.2  christos 
    702  1.1.1.2  christos   if (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
    703  1.1.1.2  christos     return false;
    704  1.1.1.2  christos 
    705  1.1.1.2  christos   return true;
    706  1.1.1.2  christos }
    707  1.1.1.2  christos 
    708  1.1.1.2  christos /* The type of relocation that can be transitioned.  */
    709  1.1.1.2  christos static unsigned int
    710  1.1.1.2  christos loongarch_tls_transition_without_check (struct bfd_link_info *info,
    711  1.1.1.2  christos 					unsigned int r_type,
    712  1.1.1.2  christos 					struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
    713  1.1.1.2  christos {
    714  1.1.1.2  christos   bool local_exec = bfd_link_executable (info)
    715  1.1.1.2  christos 		    && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h);
    716  1.1.1.2  christos 
    717  1.1.1.2  christos   switch (r_type)
    718  1.1.1.2  christos     {
    719  1.1.1.2  christos       case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PC_HI20:
    720  1.1.1.2  christos 	return (local_exec
    721  1.1.1.2  christos 		? R_LARCH_TLS_LE_HI20
    722  1.1.1.2  christos 		: R_LARCH_TLS_IE_PC_HI20);
    723  1.1.1.2  christos 
    724  1.1.1.2  christos       case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PC_LO12:
    725  1.1.1.2  christos 	return (local_exec
    726  1.1.1.2  christos 		? R_LARCH_TLS_LE_LO12
    727  1.1.1.2  christos 		: R_LARCH_TLS_IE_PC_LO12);
    728  1.1.1.2  christos 
    729  1.1.1.2  christos       case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_LD:
    730  1.1.1.2  christos       case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_CALL:
    731  1.1.1.2  christos 	return R_LARCH_NONE;
    732  1.1.1.2  christos 
    733  1.1.1.2  christos       case R_LARCH_TLS_IE_PC_HI20:
    734  1.1.1.2  christos 	return local_exec ? R_LARCH_TLS_LE_HI20 : r_type;
    735  1.1.1.2  christos 
    736  1.1.1.2  christos       case R_LARCH_TLS_IE_PC_LO12:
    737  1.1.1.2  christos 	return local_exec ? R_LARCH_TLS_LE_LO12 : r_type;
    738  1.1.1.2  christos 
    739  1.1.1.2  christos       default:
    740  1.1.1.2  christos 	break;
    741  1.1.1.2  christos     }
    742  1.1.1.2  christos 
    743  1.1.1.2  christos   return r_type;
    744  1.1.1.2  christos }
    745  1.1.1.2  christos 
    746  1.1.1.2  christos static unsigned int
    747  1.1.1.2  christos loongarch_tls_transition (bfd *input_bfd,
    748  1.1.1.2  christos 			  struct bfd_link_info *info,
    749  1.1.1.2  christos 			  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
    750  1.1.1.2  christos 			  unsigned int r_symndx,
    751  1.1.1.2  christos 			  unsigned int r_type)
    752  1.1.1.2  christos {
    753  1.1.1.2  christos   if (! loongarch_can_trans_tls (input_bfd, info, h, r_symndx, r_type))
    754  1.1.1.2  christos     return r_type;
    755  1.1.1.2  christos 
    756  1.1.1.2  christos   return loongarch_tls_transition_without_check (info, r_type, h);
    757  1.1.1.2  christos }
    758  1.1.1.2  christos 
    759      1.1  christos /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
    760      1.1  christos    allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
    761      1.1  christos    table.  */
    762      1.1  christos 
    763      1.1  christos static bool
    764  1.1.1.2  christos bad_static_reloc (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, asection *sec,
    765  1.1.1.2  christos 		  unsigned r_type, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
    766  1.1.1.2  christos 		  Elf_Internal_Sym *isym)
    767  1.1.1.2  christos {
    768  1.1.1.2  christos   /* We propably can improve the information to tell users that they should
    769  1.1.1.2  christos      be recompile the code with -fPIC or -fPIE, just like what x86 does.  */
    770  1.1.1.2  christos   reloc_howto_type * r = loongarch_elf_rtype_to_howto (abfd, r_type);
    771  1.1.1.2  christos   const char *name = NULL;
    772  1.1.1.2  christos 
    773  1.1.1.2  christos   if (h)
    774  1.1.1.2  christos     name = h->root.root.string;
    775  1.1.1.2  christos   else if (isym)
    776  1.1.1.2  christos     name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
    777  1.1.1.2  christos 					    elf_symtab_hdr (abfd).sh_link,
    778  1.1.1.2  christos 					    isym->st_name);
    779  1.1.1.2  christos   if (name == NULL || *name == '\0')
    780  1.1.1.2  christos     name ="<nameless>";
    781  1.1.1.2  christos 
    782  1.1.1.2  christos   (*_bfd_error_handler)
    783  1.1.1.2  christos    (_("%pB:(%pA+%#lx): relocation %s against `%s` can not be used when making "
    784  1.1.1.2  christos       "a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
    785  1.1.1.2  christos     abfd, sec, (long) rel->r_offset, r ? r->name : _("<unknown>"), name);
    786  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
    787  1.1.1.2  christos   return false;
    788  1.1.1.2  christos }
    789  1.1.1.2  christos 
    790  1.1.1.2  christos static bool
    791      1.1  christos loongarch_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
    792      1.1  christos 			    asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
    793      1.1  christos {
    794      1.1  christos   struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
    795      1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
    796      1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
    797      1.1  christos   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
    798      1.1  christos   asection *sreloc = NULL;
    799      1.1  christos 
    800      1.1  christos   if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
    801      1.1  christos     return true;
    802      1.1  christos 
    803      1.1  christos   htab = loongarch_elf_hash_table (info);
    804      1.1  christos   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
    805      1.1  christos   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
    806      1.1  christos 
    807      1.1  christos   if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
    808      1.1  christos     htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
    809      1.1  christos 
    810      1.1  christos   for (rel = relocs; rel < relocs + sec->reloc_count; rel++)
    811      1.1  christos     {
    812      1.1  christos       unsigned int r_type;
    813      1.1  christos       unsigned int r_symndx;
    814      1.1  christos       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
    815      1.1  christos       Elf_Internal_Sym *isym = NULL;
    816      1.1  christos 
    817      1.1  christos       r_symndx = ELFNN_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
    818      1.1  christos       r_type = ELFNN_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
    819      1.1  christos 
    820      1.1  christos       if (r_symndx >= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr))
    821      1.1  christos 	{
    822      1.1  christos 	  _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: bad symbol index: %d"), abfd, r_symndx);
    823      1.1  christos 	  return false;
    824      1.1  christos 	}
    825      1.1  christos 
    826      1.1  christos       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
    827      1.1  christos 	{
    828      1.1  christos 	  /* A local symbol.  */
    829      1.1  christos 	  isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->elf.sym_cache, abfd, r_symndx);
    830      1.1  christos 	  if (isym == NULL)
    831      1.1  christos 	    return false;
    832      1.1  christos 
    833      1.1  christos 	  if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
    834      1.1  christos 	    {
    835      1.1  christos 	      h = elfNN_loongarch_get_local_sym_hash (htab, abfd, rel, true);
    836      1.1  christos 	      if (h == NULL)
    837      1.1  christos 		return false;
    838      1.1  christos 
    839      1.1  christos 	      h->type = STT_GNU_IFUNC;
    840      1.1  christos 	      h->ref_regular = 1;
    841      1.1  christos 	    }
    842      1.1  christos 	  else
    843      1.1  christos 	    h = NULL;
    844      1.1  christos 	}
    845      1.1  christos       else
    846      1.1  christos 	{
    847      1.1  christos 	  h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
    848      1.1  christos 	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
    849      1.1  christos 		 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
    850      1.1  christos 	    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
    851      1.1  christos 	}
    852      1.1  christos 
    853      1.1  christos       /* It is referenced by a non-shared object.  */
    854      1.1  christos       if (h != NULL)
    855      1.1  christos 	h->ref_regular = 1;
    856      1.1  christos 
    857      1.1  christos       if (h && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
    858      1.1  christos 	{
    859      1.1  christos 	  if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
    860      1.1  christos 	    htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
    861      1.1  christos 
    862      1.1  christos 	  /* Create 'irelifunc' in PIC object.  */
    863      1.1  christos 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info)
    864      1.1  christos 	      && !_bfd_elf_create_ifunc_sections (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
    865      1.1  christos 	    return false;
    866      1.1  christos 	  /* If '.plt' not represent, create '.iplt' to deal with ifunc.  */
    867      1.1  christos 	  else if (!htab->elf.splt
    868      1.1  christos 		   && !_bfd_elf_create_ifunc_sections (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
    869      1.1  christos 	    return false;
    870      1.1  christos 	  /* Create the ifunc sections, iplt and ipltgot, for static
    871      1.1  christos 	     executables.  */
    872      1.1  christos 	  if ((r_type == R_LARCH_64 || r_type == R_LARCH_32)
    873      1.1  christos 	      && !_bfd_elf_create_ifunc_sections (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
    874      1.1  christos 	    return false;
    875      1.1  christos 
    876      1.1  christos 	  if (h->plt.refcount < 0)
    877      1.1  christos 	    h->plt.refcount = 0;
    878      1.1  christos 	  h->plt.refcount++;
    879      1.1  christos 	  h->needs_plt = 1;
    880      1.1  christos 
    881      1.1  christos 	  elf_tdata (info->output_bfd)->has_gnu_osabi |= elf_gnu_osabi_ifunc;
    882      1.1  christos 	}
    883      1.1  christos 
    884      1.1  christos       int need_dynreloc = 0;
    885      1.1  christos       int only_need_pcrel = 0;
    886      1.1  christos 
    887  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Type transitions are only possible with relocations accompanied
    888  1.1.1.2  christos 	 by R_LARCH_RELAX.  */
    889  1.1.1.2  christos       if (rel + 1 != relocs + sec->reloc_count
    890  1.1.1.2  christos 	  && ELFNN_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_LARCH_RELAX)
    891  1.1.1.2  christos 	r_type = loongarch_tls_transition (abfd, info, h, r_symndx, r_type);
    892      1.1  christos       switch (r_type)
    893      1.1  christos 	{
    894      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_GOT_PC_HI20:
    895      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_GOT_HI20:
    896      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_GPREL:
    897      1.1  christos 	  /* For la.global.  */
    898      1.1  christos 	  if (h)
    899      1.1  christos 	    h->pointer_equality_needed = 1;
    900      1.1  christos 	  if (!loongarch_elf_record_tls_and_got_reference (abfd, info, h,
    901      1.1  christos 							   r_symndx,
    902      1.1  christos 							   GOT_NORMAL))
    903      1.1  christos 	    return false;
    904      1.1  christos 	  break;
    905      1.1  christos 
    906      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_LD_PC_HI20:
    907      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_LD_HI20:
    908      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_GD_PC_HI20:
    909      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_GD_HI20:
    910      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_TLS_GD:
    911      1.1  christos 	  if (!loongarch_elf_record_tls_and_got_reference (abfd, info, h,
    912      1.1  christos 							   r_symndx,
    913      1.1  christos 							   GOT_TLS_GD))
    914      1.1  christos 	    return false;
    915      1.1  christos 	  break;
    916      1.1  christos 
    917      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_IE_PC_HI20:
    918      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_IE_HI20:
    919      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_TLS_GOT:
    920      1.1  christos 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
    921      1.1  christos 	    /* May fail for lazy-bind.  */
    922      1.1  christos 	    info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
    923      1.1  christos 
    924      1.1  christos 	  if (!loongarch_elf_record_tls_and_got_reference (abfd, info, h,
    925      1.1  christos 							   r_symndx,
    926      1.1  christos 							   GOT_TLS_IE))
    927      1.1  christos 	    return false;
    928      1.1  christos 	  break;
    929      1.1  christos 
    930      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_LE_HI20:
    931  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_LE_HI20_R:
    932      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_TLS_TPREL:
    933      1.1  christos 	  if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
    934  1.1.1.2  christos 	    return bad_static_reloc (abfd, rel, sec, r_type, h, isym);
    935      1.1  christos 
    936      1.1  christos 	  if (!loongarch_elf_record_tls_and_got_reference (abfd, info, h,
    937      1.1  christos 							   r_symndx,
    938      1.1  christos 							   GOT_TLS_LE))
    939      1.1  christos 	    return false;
    940      1.1  christos 	  break;
    941      1.1  christos 
    942  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PC_HI20:
    943  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_HI20:
    944  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (!loongarch_elf_record_tls_and_got_reference (abfd, info, h,
    945  1.1.1.2  christos 							   r_symndx,
    946  1.1.1.2  christos 							   GOT_TLS_GDESC))
    947  1.1.1.2  christos 	    return false;
    948  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
    949  1.1.1.2  christos 
    950      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_ABS_HI20:
    951      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_ABSOLUTE:
    952  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
    953  1.1.1.2  christos 	    return bad_static_reloc (abfd, rel, sec, r_type, h, isym);
    954  1.1.1.2  christos 
    955      1.1  christos 	  if (h != NULL)
    956      1.1  christos 	    /* If this reloc is in a read-only section, we might
    957      1.1  christos 	       need a copy reloc.  We can't check reliably at this
    958      1.1  christos 	       stage whether the section is read-only, as input
    959      1.1  christos 	       sections have not yet been mapped to output sections.
    960      1.1  christos 	       Tentatively set the flag for now, and correct in
    961      1.1  christos 	       adjust_dynamic_symbol.  */
    962      1.1  christos 	    h->non_got_ref = 1;
    963      1.1  christos 	  break;
    964      1.1  christos 
    965  1.1.1.2  christos 	/* For normal cmodel, pcalau12i + addi.d/w used to data.
    966  1.1.1.2  christos 	   For first version medium cmodel, pcalau12i + jirl are used to
    967  1.1.1.2  christos 	   function call, it need to creat PLT entry for STT_FUNC and
    968  1.1.1.2  christos 	   STT_GNU_IFUNC type symbol.  */
    969      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_PCALA_HI20:
    970  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (h != NULL && (STT_FUNC == h->type || STT_GNU_IFUNC == h->type))
    971      1.1  christos 	    {
    972      1.1  christos 	      /* For pcalau12i + jirl.  */
    973      1.1  christos 	      h->needs_plt = 1;
    974      1.1  christos 	      if (h->plt.refcount < 0)
    975      1.1  christos 		h->plt.refcount = 0;
    976      1.1  christos 	      h->plt.refcount++;
    977      1.1  christos 
    978      1.1  christos 	      h->non_got_ref = 1;
    979      1.1  christos 	      h->pointer_equality_needed = 1;
    980      1.1  christos 	    }
    981      1.1  christos 
    982      1.1  christos 	  break;
    983      1.1  christos 
    984      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_B16:
    985  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_B21:
    986      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_B26:
    987  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_CALL36:
    988      1.1  christos 	  if (h != NULL)
    989      1.1  christos 	    {
    990      1.1  christos 	      h->needs_plt = 1;
    991      1.1  christos 	      if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
    992      1.1  christos 		h->non_got_ref = 1;
    993      1.1  christos 
    994      1.1  christos 	      /* We try to create PLT stub for all non-local function.  */
    995      1.1  christos 	      if (h->plt.refcount < 0)
    996      1.1  christos 		h->plt.refcount = 0;
    997      1.1  christos 	      h->plt.refcount++;
    998      1.1  christos 	    }
    999      1.1  christos 
   1000      1.1  christos 	  break;
   1001      1.1  christos 
   1002      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_PCREL:
   1003      1.1  christos 	  if (h != NULL)
   1004      1.1  christos 	    {
   1005      1.1  christos 	      if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
   1006      1.1  christos 		h->non_got_ref = 1;
   1007      1.1  christos 
   1008      1.1  christos 	      /* We try to create PLT stub for all non-local function.  */
   1009      1.1  christos 	      if (h->plt.refcount < 0)
   1010      1.1  christos 		h->plt.refcount = 0;
   1011      1.1  christos 	      h->plt.refcount++;
   1012      1.1  christos 	      h->pointer_equality_needed = 1;
   1013      1.1  christos 	    }
   1014      1.1  christos 
   1015      1.1  christos 	  break;
   1016      1.1  christos 
   1017      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_PLT_PCREL:
   1018      1.1  christos 	  /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry.  We
   1019      1.1  christos 	     actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
   1020      1.1  christos 	     because this might be a case of linking PIC code without
   1021      1.1  christos 	     linking in any dynamic objects, in which case we don't
   1022      1.1  christos 	     need to generate a procedure linkage table after all.  */
   1023      1.1  christos 	  if (h != NULL)
   1024      1.1  christos 	    {
   1025      1.1  christos 	      h->needs_plt = 1;
   1026      1.1  christos 	      if (h->plt.refcount < 0)
   1027      1.1  christos 		h->plt.refcount = 0;
   1028      1.1  christos 	      h->plt.refcount++;
   1029      1.1  christos 	    }
   1030      1.1  christos 	  break;
   1031      1.1  christos 
   1032      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_DTPREL32:
   1033      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_DTPREL64:
   1034      1.1  christos 	  need_dynreloc = 1;
   1035      1.1  christos 	  only_need_pcrel = 1;
   1036      1.1  christos 	  break;
   1037      1.1  christos 
   1038      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_JUMP_SLOT:
   1039      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_32:
   1040      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_64:
   1041      1.1  christos 
   1042      1.1  christos 	  need_dynreloc = 1;
   1043      1.1  christos 
   1044      1.1  christos 	  /* If resolved symbol is defined in this object,
   1045      1.1  christos 	     1. Under pie, the symbol is known.  We convert it
   1046      1.1  christos 	     into R_LARCH_RELATIVE and need load-addr still.
   1047      1.1  christos 	     2. Under pde, the symbol is known and we can discard R_LARCH_NN.
   1048      1.1  christos 	     3. Under dll, R_LARCH_NN can't be changed normally, since
   1049      1.1  christos 	     its defination could be covered by the one in executable.
   1050      1.1  christos 	     For symbolic, we convert it into R_LARCH_RELATIVE.
   1051      1.1  christos 	     Thus, only under pde, it needs pcrel only.  We discard it.  */
   1052      1.1  christos 	  only_need_pcrel = bfd_link_pde (info);
   1053      1.1  christos 
   1054      1.1  christos 	  if (h != NULL
   1055      1.1  christos 	      && (!bfd_link_pic (info)
   1056      1.1  christos 		  || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC))
   1057      1.1  christos 	    {
   1058      1.1  christos 	      /* This reloc might not bind locally.  */
   1059      1.1  christos 	      h->non_got_ref = 1;
   1060      1.1  christos 	      h->pointer_equality_needed = 1;
   1061      1.1  christos 
   1062      1.1  christos 	      if (!h->def_regular
   1063      1.1  christos 		  || (sec->flags & (SEC_CODE | SEC_READONLY)) != 0)
   1064      1.1  christos 		{
   1065      1.1  christos 		  /* We may need a .plt entry if the symbol is a function
   1066      1.1  christos 		     defined in a shared lib or is a function referenced
   1067      1.1  christos 		     from the code or read-only section.  */
   1068      1.1  christos 		  h->plt.refcount += 1;
   1069      1.1  christos 		}
   1070      1.1  christos 	    }
   1071      1.1  christos 	  break;
   1072      1.1  christos 
   1073      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   1074      1.1  christos 	  if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
   1075      1.1  christos 	    return false;
   1076      1.1  christos 	  break;
   1077      1.1  christos 
   1078      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_GNU_VTENTRY:
   1079      1.1  christos 	  if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
   1080      1.1  christos 	    return false;
   1081      1.1  christos 	  break;
   1082      1.1  christos 
   1083      1.1  christos 	default:
   1084      1.1  christos 	  break;
   1085      1.1  christos 	}
   1086      1.1  christos 
   1087      1.1  christos       /* Record some info for sizing and allocating dynamic entry.  */
   1088      1.1  christos       if (need_dynreloc && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC))
   1089      1.1  christos 	{
   1090      1.1  christos 	  /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
   1091      1.1  christos 	     relocs into the output file.  We create a reloc
   1092      1.1  christos 	     section in dynobj and make room for the reloc.  */
   1093      1.1  christos 	  struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
   1094      1.1  christos 	  struct elf_dyn_relocs **head;
   1095      1.1  christos 
   1096      1.1  christos 	  if (sreloc == NULL)
   1097      1.1  christos 	    {
   1098      1.1  christos 	      sreloc
   1099      1.1  christos 		= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section (sec, htab->elf.dynobj,
   1100      1.1  christos 						       LARCH_ELF_LOG_WORD_BYTES,
   1101      1.1  christos 						       abfd, /*rela?*/ true);
   1102      1.1  christos 	      if (sreloc == NULL)
   1103      1.1  christos 		return false;
   1104      1.1  christos 	    }
   1105      1.1  christos 
   1106      1.1  christos 	  /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
   1107      1.1  christos 	     relocations we need for this symbol.  */
   1108      1.1  christos 	  if (h != NULL)
   1109      1.1  christos 	    head = &h->dyn_relocs;
   1110      1.1  christos 	  else
   1111      1.1  christos 	    {
   1112      1.1  christos 	      /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
   1113      1.1  christos 		 We really need local syms available to do this
   1114      1.1  christos 		 easily.  Oh well.  */
   1115      1.1  christos 
   1116      1.1  christos 	      asection *s;
   1117      1.1  christos 	      void *vpp;
   1118      1.1  christos 
   1119      1.1  christos 	      s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
   1120      1.1  christos 	      if (s == NULL)
   1121      1.1  christos 		s = sec;
   1122      1.1  christos 
   1123      1.1  christos 	      vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
   1124      1.1  christos 	      head = (struct elf_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
   1125      1.1  christos 	    }
   1126      1.1  christos 
   1127      1.1  christos 	  p = *head;
   1128      1.1  christos 	  if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
   1129      1.1  christos 	    {
   1130      1.1  christos 	      bfd_size_type amt = sizeof *p;
   1131      1.1  christos 	      p = (struct elf_dyn_relocs *) bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, amt);
   1132      1.1  christos 	      if (p == NULL)
   1133      1.1  christos 		return false;
   1134      1.1  christos 	      p->next = *head;
   1135      1.1  christos 	      *head = p;
   1136      1.1  christos 	      p->sec = sec;
   1137      1.1  christos 	      p->count = 0;
   1138      1.1  christos 	      p->pc_count = 0;
   1139      1.1  christos 	    }
   1140      1.1  christos 
   1141      1.1  christos 	  p->count++;
   1142      1.1  christos 	  p->pc_count += only_need_pcrel;
   1143      1.1  christos 	}
   1144      1.1  christos     }
   1145      1.1  christos 
   1146      1.1  christos   return true;
   1147      1.1  christos }
   1148      1.1  christos 
   1149      1.1  christos /* Find dynamic relocs for H that apply to read-only sections.  */
   1150      1.1  christos 
   1151      1.1  christos static asection *
   1152      1.1  christos readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
   1153      1.1  christos {
   1154      1.1  christos   struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
   1155      1.1  christos 
   1156      1.1  christos   for (p = h->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
   1157      1.1  christos     {
   1158      1.1  christos       asection *s = p->sec->output_section;
   1159      1.1  christos 
   1160      1.1  christos       if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
   1161      1.1  christos 	return p->sec;
   1162      1.1  christos     }
   1163      1.1  christos   return NULL;
   1164      1.1  christos }
   1165      1.1  christos 
   1166      1.1  christos /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
   1167      1.1  christos    regular object.  The current definition is in some section of the
   1168      1.1  christos    dynamic object, but we're not including those sections.  We have to
   1169      1.1  christos    change the definition to something the rest of the link can
   1170      1.1  christos    understand.  */
   1171      1.1  christos static bool
   1172      1.1  christos loongarch_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   1173      1.1  christos 				     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
   1174      1.1  christos {
   1175      1.1  christos   struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   1176      1.1  christos   bfd *dynobj;
   1177      1.1  christos 
   1178      1.1  christos   htab = loongarch_elf_hash_table (info);
   1179      1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
   1180      1.1  christos 
   1181      1.1  christos   dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj;
   1182      1.1  christos 
   1183      1.1  christos   /* Make sure we know what is going on here.  */
   1184      1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
   1185  1.1.1.2  christos 	      && (h->needs_plt
   1186  1.1.1.2  christos 		  || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
   1187  1.1.1.2  christos 		  || h->is_weakalias
   1188  1.1.1.2  christos 		  || (h->def_dynamic
   1189  1.1.1.2  christos 		      && h->ref_regular
   1190  1.1.1.2  christos 		      && !h->def_regular)));
   1191      1.1  christos 
   1192      1.1  christos   /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table.  We
   1193      1.1  christos      will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later
   1194      1.1  christos      (although we could actually do it here).  */
   1195      1.1  christos   if (h->type == STT_FUNC || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC || h->needs_plt)
   1196      1.1  christos     {
   1197  1.1.1.2  christos       if (h->plt.refcount <= 0
   1198      1.1  christos 	  || (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC
   1199      1.1  christos 	      && (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)
   1200      1.1  christos 		  || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
   1201      1.1  christos 		      && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))))
   1202      1.1  christos 	{
   1203      1.1  christos 	  /* This case can occur if we saw a R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_PLT_PCREL reloc
   1204      1.1  christos 	     in an input file, but the symbol was never referred to by a
   1205      1.1  christos 	     dynamic object, or if all references were garbage collected.
   1206      1.1  christos 	     In such a case, we don't actually need to build a PLT entry.  */
   1207      1.1  christos 	  h->plt.offset = MINUS_ONE;
   1208      1.1  christos 	  h->needs_plt = 0;
   1209      1.1  christos 	}
   1210      1.1  christos 
   1211      1.1  christos       return true;
   1212      1.1  christos     }
   1213      1.1  christos   else
   1214      1.1  christos     h->plt.offset = MINUS_ONE;
   1215      1.1  christos 
   1216      1.1  christos   /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
   1217      1.1  christos      processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
   1218      1.1  christos      real definition first, and we can just use the same value.  */
   1219      1.1  christos   if (h->is_weakalias)
   1220      1.1  christos     {
   1221      1.1  christos       struct elf_link_hash_entry *def = weakdef (h);
   1222      1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (def->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
   1223      1.1  christos       h->root.u.def.section = def->root.u.def.section;
   1224      1.1  christos       h->root.u.def.value = def->root.u.def.value;
   1225      1.1  christos       return true;
   1226      1.1  christos     }
   1227      1.1  christos 
   1228      1.1  christos   /* R_LARCH_COPY is not adept glibc, not to generate.  */
   1229      1.1  christos   /* Can not print anything, because make check ld.  */
   1230      1.1  christos   return true;
   1231      1.1  christos }
   1232      1.1  christos 
   1233      1.1  christos /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
   1234      1.1  christos    dynamic relocs.  */
   1235      1.1  christos 
   1236      1.1  christos static bool
   1237      1.1  christos allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
   1238      1.1  christos {
   1239      1.1  christos   struct bfd_link_info *info;
   1240      1.1  christos   struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   1241      1.1  christos   struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
   1242      1.1  christos 
   1243      1.1  christos   if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
   1244      1.1  christos     return true;
   1245      1.1  christos 
   1246      1.1  christos   if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
   1247      1.1  christos       && h->def_regular)
   1248      1.1  christos     return true;
   1249      1.1  christos 
   1250      1.1  christos   info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
   1251      1.1  christos   htab = loongarch_elf_hash_table (info);
   1252      1.1  christos   bool dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created;
   1253      1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
   1254      1.1  christos 
   1255      1.1  christos   do
   1256      1.1  christos     {
   1257      1.1  christos       asection *plt, *gotplt, *relplt;
   1258      1.1  christos 
   1259      1.1  christos       if (!h->needs_plt)
   1260      1.1  christos 	break;
   1261      1.1  christos 
   1262      1.1  christos       h->needs_plt = 0;
   1263      1.1  christos 
   1264      1.1  christos       if (htab->elf.splt)
   1265      1.1  christos 	{
   1266      1.1  christos 	  if (h->dynindx == -1 && !h->forced_local && dyn
   1267      1.1  christos 	      && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   1268      1.1  christos 	    {
   1269      1.1  christos 	      if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   1270      1.1  christos 		return false;
   1271      1.1  christos 	    }
   1272      1.1  christos 
   1273      1.1  christos 	  if (!WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, bfd_link_pic (info), h)
   1274      1.1  christos 	      && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC)
   1275      1.1  christos 	    break;
   1276      1.1  christos 
   1277      1.1  christos 	  plt = htab->elf.splt;
   1278      1.1  christos 	  gotplt = htab->elf.sgotplt;
   1279      1.1  christos 	  relplt = htab->elf.srelplt;
   1280      1.1  christos 	}
   1281      1.1  christos       else if (htab->elf.iplt)
   1282      1.1  christos 	{
   1283      1.1  christos 	  /* .iplt only for IFUNC.  */
   1284      1.1  christos 	  if (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC)
   1285      1.1  christos 	    break;
   1286      1.1  christos 
   1287      1.1  christos 	  plt = htab->elf.iplt;
   1288      1.1  christos 	  gotplt = htab->elf.igotplt;
   1289      1.1  christos 	  relplt = htab->elf.irelplt;
   1290      1.1  christos 	}
   1291      1.1  christos       else
   1292      1.1  christos 	break;
   1293      1.1  christos 
   1294      1.1  christos       if (plt->size == 0)
   1295      1.1  christos 	plt->size = PLT_HEADER_SIZE;
   1296      1.1  christos 
   1297      1.1  christos       h->plt.offset = plt->size;
   1298      1.1  christos       plt->size += PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   1299      1.1  christos       gotplt->size += GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   1300      1.1  christos       relplt->size += sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
   1301      1.1  christos 
   1302      1.1  christos       /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
   1303      1.1  christos 	 not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
   1304      1.1  christos 	 location in the .plt.  This is required to make function
   1305      1.1  christos 	 pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
   1306      1.1  christos 	 the shared library.  */
   1307      1.1  christos       if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
   1308      1.1  christos 	  && !h->def_regular)
   1309      1.1  christos 	{
   1310      1.1  christos 	  h->root.u.def.section = plt;
   1311      1.1  christos 	  h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
   1312      1.1  christos 	}
   1313      1.1  christos 
   1314      1.1  christos       h->needs_plt = 1;
   1315      1.1  christos     }
   1316      1.1  christos   while (0);
   1317      1.1  christos 
   1318      1.1  christos   if (!h->needs_plt)
   1319      1.1  christos     h->plt.offset = MINUS_ONE;
   1320      1.1  christos 
   1321      1.1  christos   if (0 < h->got.refcount)
   1322      1.1  christos     {
   1323      1.1  christos       asection *s;
   1324      1.1  christos       int tls_type = loongarch_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_type;
   1325      1.1  christos 
   1326      1.1  christos       /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
   1327      1.1  christos 	 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
   1328      1.1  christos       if (h->dynindx == -1 && !h->forced_local && dyn
   1329      1.1  christos 	  && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   1330      1.1  christos 	{
   1331      1.1  christos 	  if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   1332      1.1  christos 	    return false;
   1333      1.1  christos 	}
   1334      1.1  christos 
   1335      1.1  christos       s = htab->elf.sgot;
   1336      1.1  christos       h->got.offset = s->size;
   1337  1.1.1.2  christos       if (tls_type & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_IE | GOT_TLS_GDESC))
   1338      1.1  christos 	{
   1339  1.1.1.2  christos 	  int indx = 0;
   1340  1.1.1.2  christos 	  bool need_reloc = false;
   1341  1.1.1.2  christos 	  LARCH_TLS_GD_IE_NEED_DYN_RELOC (info, dyn, h, indx,
   1342  1.1.1.2  christos 					need_reloc);
   1343      1.1  christos 	  /* TLS_GD needs two dynamic relocs and two GOT slots.  */
   1344      1.1  christos 	  if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
   1345      1.1  christos 	    {
   1346      1.1  christos 	      s->size += 2 * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   1347  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (need_reloc)
   1348  1.1.1.2  christos 		htab->elf.srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
   1349      1.1  christos 	    }
   1350      1.1  christos 
   1351      1.1  christos 	  /* TLS_IE needs one dynamic reloc and one GOT slot.  */
   1352      1.1  christos 	  if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
   1353      1.1  christos 	    {
   1354      1.1  christos 	      s->size += GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   1355  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (need_reloc)
   1356  1.1.1.2  christos 		htab->elf.srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
   1357  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   1358      1.1  christos 
   1359  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* TLS_DESC needs one dynamic reloc and two GOT slot.  */
   1360  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GDESC)
   1361  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   1362  1.1.1.2  christos 	      s->size += GOT_ENTRY_SIZE * 2;
   1363  1.1.1.2  christos 	      htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
   1364      1.1  christos 	    }
   1365      1.1  christos 	}
   1366  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1367      1.1  christos       else
   1368      1.1  christos 	{
   1369      1.1  christos 	  s->size += GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   1370      1.1  christos 	  if ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   1371      1.1  christos 	       || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   1372      1.1  christos 	      && (bfd_link_pic (info)
   1373      1.1  christos 		  || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, bfd_link_pic (info),
   1374      1.1  christos 						      h))
   1375      1.1  christos 	      && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
   1376      1.1  christos 	      /* Undefined weak symbol in static PIE resolves to 0 without
   1377      1.1  christos 		 any dynamic relocations.  */
   1378      1.1  christos 	    htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
   1379      1.1  christos 	}
   1380      1.1  christos     }
   1381      1.1  christos   else
   1382      1.1  christos     h->got.offset = MINUS_ONE;
   1383      1.1  christos 
   1384      1.1  christos   if (h->dyn_relocs == NULL)
   1385      1.1  christos     return true;
   1386      1.1  christos 
   1387      1.1  christos   /* Extra dynamic relocate,
   1388      1.1  christos    * R_LARCH_64
   1389      1.1  christos    * R_LARCH_TLS_DTPRELNN
   1390      1.1  christos    * R_LARCH_JUMP_SLOT
   1391      1.1  christos    * R_LARCH_NN.  */
   1392      1.1  christos 
   1393      1.1  christos   if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
   1394      1.1  christos     {
   1395      1.1  christos       struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
   1396      1.1  christos 
   1397      1.1  christos       for (pp = &h->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL;)
   1398      1.1  christos 	{
   1399      1.1  christos 	  p->count -= p->pc_count;
   1400      1.1  christos 	  p->pc_count = 0;
   1401      1.1  christos 	  if (p->count == 0)
   1402      1.1  christos 	    *pp = p->next;
   1403      1.1  christos 	  else
   1404      1.1  christos 	    pp = &p->next;
   1405      1.1  christos 	}
   1406      1.1  christos     }
   1407      1.1  christos 
   1408      1.1  christos   if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   1409      1.1  christos     {
   1410      1.1  christos       if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)
   1411      1.1  christos 	  || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
   1412      1.1  christos 	  || (!bfd_link_pic (info) && h->non_got_ref))
   1413      1.1  christos 	h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
   1414      1.1  christos       else if (h->dynindx == -1 && !h->forced_local)
   1415      1.1  christos 	{
   1416      1.1  christos 	  /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
   1417      1.1  christos 	     Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
   1418      1.1  christos 	  if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   1419      1.1  christos 	    return false;
   1420      1.1  christos 
   1421      1.1  christos 	  if (h->dynindx == -1)
   1422      1.1  christos 	    h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
   1423      1.1  christos 	}
   1424      1.1  christos     }
   1425      1.1  christos 
   1426      1.1  christos   for (p = h->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
   1427      1.1  christos     {
   1428  1.1.1.2  christos       if (discarded_section (p->sec))
   1429  1.1.1.2  christos 	continue;
   1430      1.1  christos       asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
   1431      1.1  christos       sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
   1432      1.1  christos     }
   1433      1.1  christos 
   1434      1.1  christos   return true;
   1435      1.1  christos }
   1436      1.1  christos 
   1437      1.1  christos /* A modified version of _bfd_elf_allocate_ifunc_dyn_relocs.
   1438      1.1  christos    For local def and ref ifunc,
   1439      1.1  christos    dynamic relocations are stored in
   1440      1.1  christos    1.  rela.srelgot section in dynamic object (dll or exec).
   1441      1.1  christos    2.  rela.irelplt section in static executable.
   1442      1.1  christos    Unlike _bfd_elf_allocate_ifunc_dyn_relocs, rela.srelgot is used
   1443      1.1  christos    instead of rela.srelplt.  Glibc ELF loader will not support
   1444      1.1  christos    R_LARCH_IRELATIVE relocation in rela.plt.  */
   1445      1.1  christos 
   1446      1.1  christos static bool
   1447      1.1  christos local_allocate_ifunc_dyn_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   1448      1.1  christos 				    struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   1449      1.1  christos 				    struct elf_dyn_relocs **head,
   1450      1.1  christos 				    unsigned int plt_entry_size,
   1451      1.1  christos 				    unsigned int plt_header_size,
   1452      1.1  christos 				    unsigned int got_entry_size,
   1453      1.1  christos 				    bool avoid_plt)
   1454      1.1  christos {
   1455      1.1  christos   asection *plt, *gotplt, *relplt;
   1456      1.1  christos   struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
   1457      1.1  christos   unsigned int sizeof_reloc;
   1458      1.1  christos   const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
   1459      1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   1460      1.1  christos   /* If AVOID_PLT is TRUE, don't use PLT if possible.  */
   1461      1.1  christos   bool use_plt = !avoid_plt || h->plt.refcount > 0;
   1462      1.1  christos   bool need_dynreloc = !use_plt || bfd_link_pic (info);
   1463      1.1  christos 
   1464      1.1  christos   /* When a PIC object references a STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol defined
   1465      1.1  christos      in executable or it isn't referenced via PLT, the address of
   1466      1.1  christos      the resolved function may be used.  But in non-PIC executable,
   1467      1.1  christos      the address of its plt slot may be used.  Pointer equality may
   1468      1.1  christos      not work correctly.  PIE or non-PLT reference should be used if
   1469      1.1  christos      pointer equality is required here.
   1470      1.1  christos 
   1471      1.1  christos      If STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol is defined in position-dependent executable,
   1472      1.1  christos      backend should change it to the normal function and set its address
   1473      1.1  christos      to its PLT entry which should be resolved by R_*_IRELATIVE at
   1474      1.1  christos      run-time.  All external references should be resolved to its PLT in
   1475      1.1  christos      executable.  */
   1476      1.1  christos   if (!need_dynreloc
   1477      1.1  christos       && !(bfd_link_pde (info) && h->def_regular)
   1478      1.1  christos       && (h->dynindx != -1
   1479      1.1  christos 	  || info->export_dynamic)
   1480      1.1  christos       && h->pointer_equality_needed)
   1481      1.1  christos     {
   1482      1.1  christos       info->callbacks->einfo
   1483      1.1  christos 	/* xgettext:c-format.  */
   1484      1.1  christos 	(_("%F%P: dynamic STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol `%s' with pointer "
   1485      1.1  christos 	   "equality in `%pB' can not be used when making an "
   1486      1.1  christos 	   "executable; recompile with -fPIE and relink with -pie\n"),
   1487      1.1  christos 	 h->root.root.string,
   1488      1.1  christos 	 h->root.u.def.section->owner);
   1489      1.1  christos       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1490      1.1  christos       return false;
   1491      1.1  christos     }
   1492      1.1  christos 
   1493      1.1  christos   htab = elf_hash_table (info);
   1494      1.1  christos 
   1495      1.1  christos   /* When the symbol is marked with regular reference, if PLT isn't used
   1496      1.1  christos      or we are building a PIC object, we must keep dynamic relocation
   1497      1.1  christos      if there is non-GOT reference and use PLT if there is PC-relative
   1498      1.1  christos      reference.  */
   1499      1.1  christos   if (need_dynreloc && h->ref_regular)
   1500      1.1  christos     {
   1501      1.1  christos       bool keep = false;
   1502      1.1  christos       for (p = *head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
   1503      1.1  christos 	if (p->count)
   1504      1.1  christos 	  {
   1505      1.1  christos 	    h->non_got_ref = 1;
   1506      1.1  christos 	    /* Need dynamic relocations for non-GOT reference.  */
   1507      1.1  christos 	    keep = true;
   1508      1.1  christos 	    if (p->pc_count)
   1509      1.1  christos 	      {
   1510      1.1  christos 		/* Must use PLT for PC-relative reference.  */
   1511      1.1  christos 		use_plt = true;
   1512      1.1  christos 		need_dynreloc = bfd_link_pic (info);
   1513      1.1  christos 		break;
   1514      1.1  christos 	      }
   1515      1.1  christos 	  }
   1516      1.1  christos       if (keep)
   1517      1.1  christos 	goto keep;
   1518      1.1  christos     }
   1519      1.1  christos 
   1520      1.1  christos   /* Support garbage collection against STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols.  */
   1521      1.1  christos   if (h->plt.refcount <= 0 && h->got.refcount <= 0)
   1522      1.1  christos     {
   1523      1.1  christos       h->got = htab->init_got_offset;
   1524      1.1  christos       h->plt = htab->init_plt_offset;
   1525      1.1  christos       *head = NULL;
   1526      1.1  christos       return true;
   1527      1.1  christos     }
   1528      1.1  christos 
   1529      1.1  christos   /* Return and discard space for dynamic relocations against it if
   1530      1.1  christos      it is never referenced.  */
   1531      1.1  christos   if (!h->ref_regular)
   1532      1.1  christos     {
   1533      1.1  christos       if (h->plt.refcount > 0
   1534      1.1  christos 	  || h->got.refcount > 0)
   1535      1.1  christos 	abort ();
   1536      1.1  christos       h->got = htab->init_got_offset;
   1537      1.1  christos       h->plt = htab->init_plt_offset;
   1538      1.1  christos       *head = NULL;
   1539      1.1  christos       return true;
   1540      1.1  christos     }
   1541      1.1  christos 
   1542      1.1  christos  keep:
   1543      1.1  christos   bed = get_elf_backend_data (info->output_bfd);
   1544      1.1  christos   if (bed->rela_plts_and_copies_p)
   1545      1.1  christos     sizeof_reloc = bed->s->sizeof_rela;
   1546      1.1  christos   else
   1547      1.1  christos     sizeof_reloc = bed->s->sizeof_rel;
   1548      1.1  christos 
   1549      1.1  christos   /* When building a static executable, use iplt, igot.plt and
   1550      1.1  christos      rela.iplt sections for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols.  */
   1551      1.1  christos   if (htab->splt != NULL)
   1552      1.1  christos     {
   1553      1.1  christos       plt = htab->splt;
   1554      1.1  christos       gotplt = htab->sgotplt;
   1555      1.1  christos       /* Change dynamic info of ifunc gotplt from srelplt to srelgot.  */
   1556      1.1  christos       relplt = htab->srelgot;
   1557      1.1  christos 
   1558      1.1  christos       /* If this is the first plt entry and PLT is used, make room for
   1559      1.1  christos 	 the special first entry.  */
   1560      1.1  christos       if (plt->size == 0 && use_plt)
   1561      1.1  christos 	plt->size += plt_header_size;
   1562      1.1  christos     }
   1563      1.1  christos   else
   1564      1.1  christos     {
   1565      1.1  christos       plt = htab->iplt;
   1566      1.1  christos       gotplt = htab->igotplt;
   1567      1.1  christos       relplt = htab->irelplt;
   1568      1.1  christos     }
   1569      1.1  christos 
   1570      1.1  christos   if (use_plt)
   1571      1.1  christos     {
   1572      1.1  christos       /* Don't update value of STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol to PLT.  We need
   1573      1.1  christos 	 the original value for R_*_IRELATIVE.  */
   1574      1.1  christos       h->plt.offset = plt->size;
   1575      1.1  christos 
   1576      1.1  christos       /* Make room for this entry in the plt/iplt section.  */
   1577      1.1  christos       plt->size += plt_entry_size;
   1578      1.1  christos 
   1579      1.1  christos       /* We also need to make an entry in the got.plt/got.iplt section,
   1580      1.1  christos 	 which will be placed in the got section by the linker script.  */
   1581      1.1  christos       gotplt->size += got_entry_size;
   1582      1.1  christos     }
   1583      1.1  christos 
   1584      1.1  christos   /* We also need to make an entry in the rela.plt/.rela.iplt
   1585      1.1  christos      section for GOTPLT relocation if PLT is used.  */
   1586      1.1  christos   if (use_plt)
   1587      1.1  christos     {
   1588      1.1  christos       relplt->size += sizeof_reloc;
   1589      1.1  christos       relplt->reloc_count++;
   1590      1.1  christos     }
   1591      1.1  christos 
   1592      1.1  christos   /* We need dynamic relocation for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol only when
   1593      1.1  christos      there is a non-GOT reference in a PIC object or PLT isn't used.  */
   1594      1.1  christos   if (!need_dynreloc || !h->non_got_ref)
   1595      1.1  christos     *head = NULL;
   1596      1.1  christos 
   1597      1.1  christos   /* Finally, allocate space.  */
   1598      1.1  christos   p = *head;
   1599      1.1  christos   if (p != NULL)
   1600      1.1  christos     {
   1601      1.1  christos       bfd_size_type count = 0;
   1602      1.1  christos       do
   1603      1.1  christos 	{
   1604      1.1  christos 	  count += p->count;
   1605      1.1  christos 	  p = p->next;
   1606      1.1  christos 	}
   1607      1.1  christos       while (p != NULL);
   1608      1.1  christos 
   1609      1.1  christos       htab->ifunc_resolvers = count != 0;
   1610      1.1  christos 
   1611      1.1  christos       /* Dynamic relocations are stored in
   1612      1.1  christos 	 1.  rela.srelgot section in PIC object.
   1613      1.1  christos 	 2.  rela.srelgot section in dynamic executable.
   1614      1.1  christos 	 3.  rela.irelplt section in static executable.  */
   1615      1.1  christos       if (htab->splt != NULL)
   1616      1.1  christos 	htab->srelgot->size += count * sizeof_reloc;
   1617      1.1  christos       else
   1618      1.1  christos 	{
   1619      1.1  christos 	  relplt->size += count * sizeof_reloc;
   1620      1.1  christos 	  relplt->reloc_count += count;
   1621      1.1  christos 	}
   1622      1.1  christos     }
   1623      1.1  christos 
   1624      1.1  christos   /* For STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol, got.plt has the real function address
   1625      1.1  christos      and got has the PLT entry adddress.  We will load the GOT entry
   1626      1.1  christos      with the PLT entry in finish_dynamic_symbol if it is used.  For
   1627      1.1  christos      branch, it uses got.plt.  For symbol value, if PLT is used,
   1628      1.1  christos      1.  Use got.plt in a PIC object if it is forced local or not
   1629      1.1  christos      dynamic.
   1630      1.1  christos      2.  Use got.plt in a non-PIC object if pointer equality isn't
   1631      1.1  christos      needed.
   1632      1.1  christos      3.  Use got.plt in PIE.
   1633      1.1  christos      4.  Use got.plt if got isn't used.
   1634      1.1  christos      5.  Otherwise use got so that it can be shared among different
   1635      1.1  christos      objects at run-time.
   1636      1.1  christos      If PLT isn't used, always use got for symbol value.
   1637      1.1  christos      We only need to relocate got entry in PIC object or in dynamic
   1638      1.1  christos      executable without PLT.  */
   1639      1.1  christos   if (use_plt
   1640      1.1  christos       && (h->got.refcount <= 0
   1641      1.1  christos 	  || (bfd_link_pic (info)
   1642      1.1  christos 	      && (h->dynindx == -1
   1643      1.1  christos 		  || h->forced_local))
   1644      1.1  christos 	  || (
   1645      1.1  christos 	      !h->pointer_equality_needed)
   1646      1.1  christos 	  || htab->sgot == NULL))
   1647      1.1  christos     {
   1648      1.1  christos       /* Use got.plt.  */
   1649      1.1  christos       h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   1650      1.1  christos     }
   1651      1.1  christos   else
   1652      1.1  christos     {
   1653      1.1  christos       if (!use_plt)
   1654      1.1  christos 	{
   1655      1.1  christos 	  /* PLT isn't used.  */
   1656      1.1  christos 	  h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   1657      1.1  christos 	}
   1658      1.1  christos       if (h->got.refcount <= 0)
   1659      1.1  christos 	{
   1660      1.1  christos 	  /* GOT isn't need when there are only relocations for static
   1661      1.1  christos 	     pointers.  */
   1662      1.1  christos 	  h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   1663      1.1  christos 	}
   1664      1.1  christos       else
   1665      1.1  christos 	{
   1666      1.1  christos 	  h->got.offset = htab->sgot->size;
   1667      1.1  christos 	  htab->sgot->size += got_entry_size;
   1668      1.1  christos 	  /* Need to relocate the GOT entry in a PIC object or PLT isn't
   1669      1.1  christos 	     used.  Otherwise, the GOT entry will be filled with the PLT
   1670      1.1  christos 	     entry and dynamic GOT relocation isn't needed.  */
   1671      1.1  christos 	  if (need_dynreloc)
   1672      1.1  christos 	    {
   1673      1.1  christos 	      /* For non-static executable, dynamic GOT relocation is in
   1674      1.1  christos 		 rela.got section, but for static executable, it is
   1675      1.1  christos 		 in rela.iplt section.  */
   1676      1.1  christos 	      if (htab->splt != NULL)
   1677      1.1  christos 		htab->srelgot->size += sizeof_reloc;
   1678      1.1  christos 	      else
   1679      1.1  christos 		{
   1680      1.1  christos 		  relplt->size += sizeof_reloc;
   1681      1.1  christos 		  relplt->reloc_count++;
   1682      1.1  christos 		}
   1683      1.1  christos 	    }
   1684      1.1  christos 	}
   1685      1.1  christos     }
   1686      1.1  christos 
   1687      1.1  christos   return true;
   1688      1.1  christos }
   1689      1.1  christos 
   1690      1.1  christos /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
   1691      1.1  christos    ifunc dynamic relocs.  */
   1692      1.1  christos 
   1693      1.1  christos static bool
   1694      1.1  christos elfNN_allocate_ifunc_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
   1695      1.1  christos {
   1696      1.1  christos   struct bfd_link_info *info;
   1697      1.1  christos   /* An example of a bfd_link_hash_indirect symbol is versioned
   1698      1.1  christos      symbol. For example: __gxx_personality_v0(bfd_link_hash_indirect)
   1699      1.1  christos      -> __gxx_personality_v0(bfd_link_hash_defined)
   1700      1.1  christos 
   1701      1.1  christos      There is no need to process bfd_link_hash_indirect symbols here
   1702      1.1  christos      because we will also be presented with the concrete instance of
   1703      1.1  christos      the symbol and loongarch_elf_copy_indirect_symbol () will have been
   1704      1.1  christos      called to copy all relevant data from the generic to the concrete
   1705      1.1  christos      symbol instance.  */
   1706      1.1  christos   if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
   1707      1.1  christos     return true;
   1708      1.1  christos 
   1709      1.1  christos   if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   1710      1.1  christos     h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
   1711      1.1  christos 
   1712      1.1  christos   info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
   1713      1.1  christos 
   1714      1.1  christos   /* Since STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT, we handle it
   1715      1.1  christos      here if it is defined and referenced in a non-shared object.  */
   1716      1.1  christos   if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && h->def_regular)
   1717      1.1  christos     {
   1718      1.1  christos       if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
   1719      1.1  christos 	return local_allocate_ifunc_dyn_relocs (info, h,
   1720      1.1  christos 						&h->dyn_relocs,
   1721      1.1  christos 						PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1722      1.1  christos 						PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
   1723      1.1  christos 						GOT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1724      1.1  christos 						false);
   1725      1.1  christos       else
   1726      1.1  christos 	return _bfd_elf_allocate_ifunc_dyn_relocs (info, h,
   1727      1.1  christos 						   &h->dyn_relocs,
   1728      1.1  christos 						   PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1729      1.1  christos 						   PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
   1730      1.1  christos 						   GOT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1731      1.1  christos 						   false);
   1732      1.1  christos     }
   1733      1.1  christos 
   1734      1.1  christos   return true;
   1735      1.1  christos }
   1736      1.1  christos 
   1737      1.1  christos /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
   1738      1.1  christos    ifunc dynamic relocs.  */
   1739      1.1  christos 
   1740  1.1.1.2  christos static int
   1741      1.1  christos elfNN_allocate_local_ifunc_dynrelocs (void **slot, void *inf)
   1742      1.1  christos {
   1743      1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) *slot;
   1744      1.1  christos 
   1745      1.1  christos   if (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC
   1746      1.1  christos       || !h->def_regular
   1747      1.1  christos       || !h->ref_regular
   1748      1.1  christos       || !h->forced_local
   1749      1.1  christos       || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined)
   1750      1.1  christos     abort ();
   1751      1.1  christos 
   1752      1.1  christos   return elfNN_allocate_ifunc_dynrelocs (h, inf);
   1753      1.1  christos }
   1754      1.1  christos 
   1755      1.1  christos /* Set DF_TEXTREL if we find any dynamic relocs that apply to
   1756      1.1  christos    read-only sections.  */
   1757      1.1  christos 
   1758      1.1  christos static bool
   1759      1.1  christos maybe_set_textrel (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *info_p)
   1760      1.1  christos {
   1761      1.1  christos   asection *sec;
   1762      1.1  christos 
   1763      1.1  christos   if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
   1764      1.1  christos     return true;
   1765      1.1  christos 
   1766      1.1  christos   sec = readonly_dynrelocs (h);
   1767      1.1  christos   if (sec != NULL)
   1768      1.1  christos     {
   1769      1.1  christos       struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) info_p;
   1770      1.1  christos 
   1771      1.1  christos       info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
   1772      1.1  christos       info->callbacks->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation against `%pT' in "
   1773      1.1  christos 				"read-only section `%pA'\n"),
   1774      1.1  christos 			      sec->owner, h->root.root.string, sec);
   1775      1.1  christos 
   1776      1.1  christos       /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal.  */
   1777      1.1  christos       return false;
   1778      1.1  christos     }
   1779      1.1  christos   return true;
   1780      1.1  christos }
   1781      1.1  christos 
   1782      1.1  christos static bool
   1783  1.1.1.2  christos loongarch_elf_late_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
   1784  1.1.1.2  christos 				  struct bfd_link_info *info)
   1785      1.1  christos {
   1786      1.1  christos   struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   1787      1.1  christos   bfd *dynobj;
   1788      1.1  christos   asection *s;
   1789      1.1  christos   bfd *ibfd;
   1790      1.1  christos 
   1791      1.1  christos   htab = loongarch_elf_hash_table (info);
   1792      1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
   1793      1.1  christos   dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj;
   1794  1.1.1.2  christos   if (dynobj == NULL)
   1795  1.1.1.2  christos     return true;
   1796      1.1  christos 
   1797      1.1  christos   if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
   1798      1.1  christos     {
   1799      1.1  christos       /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter.  */
   1800      1.1  christos       if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp)
   1801      1.1  christos 	{
   1802      1.1  christos 	  const char *interpreter;
   1803      1.1  christos 	  s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
   1804      1.1  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   1805      1.1  christos 
   1806      1.1  christos 	  if (elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32)
   1807      1.1  christos 	    interpreter = "/lib32/ld.so.1";
   1808      1.1  christos 	  else if (elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
   1809      1.1  christos 	    interpreter = "/lib64/ld.so.1";
   1810      1.1  christos 	  else
   1811      1.1  christos 	    interpreter = "/lib/ld.so.1";
   1812      1.1  christos 
   1813      1.1  christos 	  s->contents = (unsigned char *) interpreter;
   1814      1.1  christos 	  s->size = strlen (interpreter) + 1;
   1815      1.1  christos 	}
   1816      1.1  christos     }
   1817      1.1  christos 
   1818      1.1  christos   /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
   1819      1.1  christos      relocs.  */
   1820      1.1  christos   for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
   1821      1.1  christos     {
   1822      1.1  christos       bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
   1823      1.1  christos       bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
   1824      1.1  christos       char *local_tls_type;
   1825      1.1  christos       bfd_size_type locsymcount;
   1826      1.1  christos       Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   1827      1.1  christos       asection *srel;
   1828      1.1  christos 
   1829      1.1  christos       if (!is_loongarch_elf (ibfd))
   1830      1.1  christos 	continue;
   1831      1.1  christos 
   1832      1.1  christos       for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
   1833      1.1  christos 	{
   1834      1.1  christos 	  struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
   1835      1.1  christos 
   1836      1.1  christos 	  for (p = elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel; p != NULL; p = p->next)
   1837      1.1  christos 	    {
   1838      1.1  christos 	      p->count -= p->pc_count;
   1839      1.1  christos 	      if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
   1840      1.1  christos 		  && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
   1841      1.1  christos 		{
   1842      1.1  christos 		  /* Input section has been discarded, either because
   1843      1.1  christos 		     it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
   1844      1.1  christos 		     linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
   1845      1.1  christos 		     the relocs too.  */
   1846      1.1  christos 		}
   1847      1.1  christos 	      else if (0 < p->count)
   1848      1.1  christos 		{
   1849      1.1  christos 		  srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
   1850      1.1  christos 		  srel->size += p->count * sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
   1851      1.1  christos 		  if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
   1852      1.1  christos 		    info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
   1853      1.1  christos 		}
   1854      1.1  christos 	    }
   1855      1.1  christos 	}
   1856      1.1  christos 
   1857      1.1  christos       local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
   1858      1.1  christos       if (!local_got)
   1859      1.1  christos 	continue;
   1860      1.1  christos 
   1861      1.1  christos       symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
   1862      1.1  christos       locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   1863      1.1  christos       end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
   1864      1.1  christos       local_tls_type = _bfd_loongarch_elf_local_got_tls_type (ibfd);
   1865      1.1  christos       s = htab->elf.sgot;
   1866      1.1  christos       srel = htab->elf.srelgot;
   1867      1.1  christos       for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got, ++local_tls_type)
   1868      1.1  christos 	{
   1869      1.1  christos 	  if (0 < *local_got)
   1870      1.1  christos 	    {
   1871      1.1  christos 	      *local_got = s->size;
   1872  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (*local_tls_type & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_IE | GOT_TLS_GDESC))
   1873  1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   1874  1.1.1.2  christos 		  /* TLS gd use two got.  */
   1875  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (*local_tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
   1876  1.1.1.2  christos 		    {
   1877  1.1.1.2  christos 		      s->size += 2 * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   1878  1.1.1.2  christos 		      if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
   1879  1.1.1.2  christos 			srel->size += sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
   1880  1.1.1.2  christos 		    }
   1881      1.1  christos 
   1882  1.1.1.2  christos 		  /* TLS_DESC use two got.  */
   1883  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (*local_tls_type & GOT_TLS_GDESC)
   1884  1.1.1.2  christos 		    {
   1885  1.1.1.2  christos 		      s->size += 2 * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   1886  1.1.1.2  christos 		      srel->size += sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
   1887  1.1.1.2  christos 		    }
   1888      1.1  christos 
   1889  1.1.1.2  christos 		  /* TLS ie and use one got.  */
   1890  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (*local_tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
   1891  1.1.1.2  christos 		    {
   1892  1.1.1.2  christos 		      s->size += GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   1893  1.1.1.2  christos 		      if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
   1894  1.1.1.2  christos 			srel->size += sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
   1895  1.1.1.2  christos 		    }
   1896  1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   1897      1.1  christos 	      else
   1898      1.1  christos 		{
   1899  1.1.1.2  christos 		  s->size += GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   1900      1.1  christos 		  srel->size += sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
   1901      1.1  christos 		}
   1902      1.1  christos 	    }
   1903      1.1  christos 	  else
   1904      1.1  christos 	    *local_got = MINUS_ONE;
   1905      1.1  christos 	}
   1906      1.1  christos     }
   1907      1.1  christos 
   1908      1.1  christos   /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
   1909      1.1  christos      sym dynamic relocs.  */
   1910      1.1  christos   elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
   1911      1.1  christos 
   1912      1.1  christos   /* Allocate global ifunc sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
   1913      1.1  christos      ifunc sym dynamic relocs.  */
   1914      1.1  christos   elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, elfNN_allocate_ifunc_dynrelocs, info);
   1915      1.1  christos 
   1916      1.1  christos   /* Allocate .plt and .got entries, and space for local ifunc symbols.  */
   1917      1.1  christos   htab_traverse (htab->loc_hash_table,
   1918  1.1.1.2  christos 		 elfNN_allocate_local_ifunc_dynrelocs, info);
   1919      1.1  christos 
   1920      1.1  christos   /* Don't allocate .got.plt section if there are no PLT.  */
   1921      1.1  christos   if (htab->elf.sgotplt && htab->elf.sgotplt->size == GOTPLT_HEADER_SIZE
   1922      1.1  christos       && (htab->elf.splt == NULL || htab->elf.splt->size == 0))
   1923      1.1  christos     htab->elf.sgotplt->size = 0;
   1924      1.1  christos 
   1925      1.1  christos   /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
   1926      1.1  christos      determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.  Allocate
   1927      1.1  christos      memory for them.  */
   1928      1.1  christos   for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
   1929      1.1  christos     {
   1930      1.1  christos       if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
   1931      1.1  christos 	continue;
   1932      1.1  christos 
   1933      1.1  christos       if (s == htab->elf.splt || s == htab->elf.iplt || s == htab->elf.sgot
   1934      1.1  christos 	  || s == htab->elf.sgotplt || s == htab->elf.igotplt
   1935      1.1  christos 	  || s == htab->elf.sdynbss || s == htab->elf.sdynrelro)
   1936      1.1  christos 	{
   1937      1.1  christos 	  /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
   1938      1.1  christos 	     comment below.  */
   1939      1.1  christos 	}
   1940      1.1  christos       else if (strncmp (s->name, ".rela", 5) == 0)
   1941      1.1  christos 	{
   1942      1.1  christos 	  if (s->size != 0)
   1943      1.1  christos 	    {
   1944      1.1  christos 	      /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
   1945      1.1  christos 		 to copy relocs into the output file.  */
   1946      1.1  christos 	      s->reloc_count = 0;
   1947      1.1  christos 	    }
   1948      1.1  christos 	}
   1949      1.1  christos       else
   1950      1.1  christos 	{
   1951      1.1  christos 	  /* It's not one of our sections.  */
   1952      1.1  christos 	  continue;
   1953      1.1  christos 	}
   1954      1.1  christos 
   1955      1.1  christos       if (s->size == 0)
   1956      1.1  christos 	{
   1957      1.1  christos 	  /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
   1958      1.1  christos 	     output file.  This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
   1959      1.1  christos 	     .rela.plt.  We must create both sections in
   1960      1.1  christos 	     create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
   1961      1.1  christos 	     before the linker maps input sections to output
   1962      1.1  christos 	     sections.  The linker does that before
   1963      1.1  christos 	     adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
   1964      1.1  christos 	     function which decides whether anything needs to go
   1965      1.1  christos 	     into these sections.  */
   1966      1.1  christos 	  s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
   1967      1.1  christos 	  continue;
   1968      1.1  christos 	}
   1969      1.1  christos 
   1970      1.1  christos       if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
   1971      1.1  christos 	continue;
   1972      1.1  christos 
   1973      1.1  christos       /* Allocate memory for the section contents.  Zero the memory
   1974      1.1  christos 	 for the benefit of .rela.plt, which has 4 unused entries
   1975      1.1  christos 	 at the beginning, and we don't want garbage.  */
   1976      1.1  christos       s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
   1977      1.1  christos       if (s->contents == NULL)
   1978      1.1  christos 	return false;
   1979      1.1  christos     }
   1980      1.1  christos 
   1981      1.1  christos   if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   1982      1.1  christos     {
   1983      1.1  christos       /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section.  We fill in the
   1984      1.1  christos 	 values later, in loongarch_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
   1985      1.1  christos 	 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
   1986      1.1  christos 	 the .dynamic section.  The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
   1987      1.1  christos 	 dynamic linker and used by the debugger.  */
   1988      1.1  christos #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
   1989      1.1  christos 
   1990      1.1  christos       if (bfd_link_executable (info))
   1991      1.1  christos 	{
   1992      1.1  christos 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
   1993      1.1  christos 	    return false;
   1994      1.1  christos 	}
   1995      1.1  christos 
   1996      1.1  christos       if (htab->elf.srelplt->size != 0)
   1997      1.1  christos 	{
   1998      1.1  christos 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
   1999      1.1  christos 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
   2000      1.1  christos 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
   2001      1.1  christos 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
   2002      1.1  christos 	    return false;
   2003      1.1  christos 	}
   2004      1.1  christos 
   2005      1.1  christos       if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
   2006      1.1  christos 	  || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
   2007      1.1  christos 	  || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT, sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela)))
   2008      1.1  christos 	return false;
   2009      1.1  christos 
   2010      1.1  christos       /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
   2011      1.1  christos 	 then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry.  */
   2012      1.1  christos       if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
   2013      1.1  christos 	elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, maybe_set_textrel, info);
   2014      1.1  christos 
   2015      1.1  christos       if (info->flags & DF_TEXTREL)
   2016      1.1  christos 	{
   2017      1.1  christos 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
   2018      1.1  christos 	    return false;
   2019      1.1  christos 	  /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag.  It will be set again if we
   2020      1.1  christos 	     write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
   2021      1.1  christos 	     at this point we do not know whether e.g.  any .eh_frame
   2022      1.1  christos 	     absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative.  */
   2023      1.1  christos 	  info->flags &= ~DF_TEXTREL;
   2024      1.1  christos 	}
   2025      1.1  christos     }
   2026      1.1  christos #undef add_dynamic_entry
   2027      1.1  christos 
   2028      1.1  christos   return true;
   2029      1.1  christos }
   2030      1.1  christos 
   2031      1.1  christos #define LARCH_LD_STACK_DEPTH 16
   2032      1.1  christos static int64_t larch_opc_stack[LARCH_LD_STACK_DEPTH];
   2033      1.1  christos static size_t larch_stack_top = 0;
   2034      1.1  christos 
   2035      1.1  christos static bfd_reloc_status_type
   2036      1.1  christos loongarch_push (int64_t val)
   2037      1.1  christos {
   2038      1.1  christos   if (LARCH_LD_STACK_DEPTH <= larch_stack_top)
   2039      1.1  christos     return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
   2040      1.1  christos   larch_opc_stack[larch_stack_top++] = val;
   2041      1.1  christos   return bfd_reloc_ok;
   2042      1.1  christos }
   2043      1.1  christos 
   2044      1.1  christos static bfd_reloc_status_type
   2045      1.1  christos loongarch_pop (int64_t *val)
   2046      1.1  christos {
   2047      1.1  christos   if (larch_stack_top == 0)
   2048      1.1  christos     return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
   2049      1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (val);
   2050      1.1  christos   *val = larch_opc_stack[--larch_stack_top];
   2051      1.1  christos   return bfd_reloc_ok;
   2052      1.1  christos }
   2053      1.1  christos 
   2054      1.1  christos static bfd_reloc_status_type
   2055      1.1  christos loongarch_top (int64_t *val)
   2056      1.1  christos {
   2057      1.1  christos   if (larch_stack_top == 0)
   2058      1.1  christos     return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
   2059      1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (val);
   2060      1.1  christos   *val = larch_opc_stack[larch_stack_top - 1];
   2061      1.1  christos   return bfd_reloc_ok;
   2062      1.1  christos }
   2063      1.1  christos 
   2064      1.1  christos static void
   2065      1.1  christos loongarch_elf_append_rela (bfd *abfd, asection *s, Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
   2066      1.1  christos {
   2067      1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (s && s->contents);
   2068      1.1  christos   const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
   2069      1.1  christos   bfd_byte *loc;
   2070      1.1  christos 
   2071      1.1  christos   bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
   2072      1.1  christos   if (!(s->size > s->reloc_count * bed->s->sizeof_rela))
   2073      1.1  christos     BFD_ASSERT (s->size > s->reloc_count * bed->s->sizeof_rela);
   2074      1.1  christos   loc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * bed->s->sizeof_rela);
   2075      1.1  christos   bed->s->swap_reloca_out (abfd, rel, loc);
   2076      1.1  christos }
   2077      1.1  christos 
   2078      1.1  christos /* Check rel->r_offset in range of contents.  */
   2079      1.1  christos static bfd_reloc_status_type
   2080      1.1  christos loongarch_check_offset (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
   2081      1.1  christos 			const asection *input_section)
   2082      1.1  christos {
   2083      1.1  christos   if (0 == strcmp(input_section->name, ".text")
   2084      1.1  christos       && rel->r_offset > input_section->size)
   2085      1.1  christos     return bfd_reloc_overflow;
   2086      1.1  christos 
   2087      1.1  christos   return bfd_reloc_ok;
   2088      1.1  christos }
   2089      1.1  christos 
   2090      1.1  christos #define LARCH_RELOC_PERFORM_3OP(op1, op2, op3)	      \
   2091      1.1  christos   ({						      \
   2092      1.1  christos     bfd_reloc_status_type ret = loongarch_pop (&op2); \
   2093      1.1  christos     if (ret == bfd_reloc_ok)			      \
   2094      1.1  christos       {						      \
   2095      1.1  christos 	ret = loongarch_pop (&op1);		      \
   2096      1.1  christos 	if (ret == bfd_reloc_ok)		      \
   2097      1.1  christos 	  ret = loongarch_push (op3);		      \
   2098      1.1  christos       }						      \
   2099      1.1  christos     ret;					      \
   2100      1.1  christos    })
   2101      1.1  christos 
   2102  1.1.1.2  christos /* Write immediate to instructions.  */
   2103  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2104      1.1  christos static bfd_reloc_status_type
   2105      1.1  christos loongarch_reloc_rewrite_imm_insn (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
   2106      1.1  christos 				  const asection *input_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   2107      1.1  christos 				  reloc_howto_type *howto, bfd *input_bfd,
   2108      1.1  christos 				  bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma reloc_val)
   2109      1.1  christos {
   2110  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Adjust the immediate based on alignment and
   2111  1.1.1.2  christos      its position in the instruction.  */
   2112  1.1.1.2  christos   if (!loongarch_adjust_reloc_bitsfield (input_bfd, howto, &reloc_val))
   2113      1.1  christos     return bfd_reloc_overflow;
   2114      1.1  christos 
   2115  1.1.1.2  christos   int bits = bfd_get_reloc_size (howto) * 8;
   2116  1.1.1.2  christos   uint64_t insn = bfd_get (bits, input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
   2117  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2118  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Write immediate to instruction.  */
   2119  1.1.1.2  christos   insn = (insn & ~howto->dst_mask) | (reloc_val & howto->dst_mask);
   2120      1.1  christos 
   2121      1.1  christos   bfd_put (bits, input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
   2122      1.1  christos 
   2123      1.1  christos   return bfd_reloc_ok;
   2124      1.1  christos }
   2125      1.1  christos 
   2126      1.1  christos static bfd_reloc_status_type
   2127      1.1  christos perform_relocation (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, asection *input_section,
   2128      1.1  christos 		    reloc_howto_type *howto, bfd_vma value,
   2129      1.1  christos 		    bfd *input_bfd, bfd_byte *contents)
   2130      1.1  christos {
   2131      1.1  christos   int64_t opr1, opr2, opr3;
   2132      1.1  christos   bfd_reloc_status_type r = bfd_reloc_ok;
   2133      1.1  christos   int bits = bfd_get_reloc_size (howto) * 8;
   2134      1.1  christos 
   2135      1.1  christos   switch (ELFNN_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
   2136      1.1  christos     {
   2137      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_PCREL:
   2138      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_ABSOLUTE:
   2139      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_GPREL:
   2140      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_TLS_TPREL:
   2141      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_TLS_GOT:
   2142      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_TLS_GD:
   2143      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_PLT_PCREL:
   2144      1.1  christos       r = loongarch_push (value);
   2145      1.1  christos       break;
   2146      1.1  christos 
   2147      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_DUP:
   2148      1.1  christos       r = loongarch_pop (&opr1);
   2149      1.1  christos       if (r == bfd_reloc_ok)
   2150      1.1  christos 	{
   2151      1.1  christos 	  r = loongarch_push (opr1);
   2152      1.1  christos 	  if (r == bfd_reloc_ok)
   2153      1.1  christos 	    r = loongarch_push (opr1);
   2154      1.1  christos 	}
   2155      1.1  christos       break;
   2156      1.1  christos 
   2157      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_ASSERT:
   2158      1.1  christos       r = loongarch_pop (&opr1);
   2159      1.1  christos       if (r != bfd_reloc_ok || !opr1)
   2160      1.1  christos 	r = bfd_reloc_notsupported;
   2161      1.1  christos       break;
   2162      1.1  christos 
   2163      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_NOT:
   2164      1.1  christos       r = loongarch_pop (&opr1);
   2165      1.1  christos       if (r == bfd_reloc_ok)
   2166      1.1  christos 	r = loongarch_push (!opr1);
   2167      1.1  christos       break;
   2168      1.1  christos 
   2169      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_SUB:
   2170      1.1  christos       r = LARCH_RELOC_PERFORM_3OP (opr1, opr2, opr1 - opr2);
   2171      1.1  christos       break;
   2172      1.1  christos 
   2173      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_SL:
   2174      1.1  christos       r = LARCH_RELOC_PERFORM_3OP (opr1, opr2, opr1 << opr2);
   2175      1.1  christos       break;
   2176      1.1  christos 
   2177      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_SR:
   2178      1.1  christos       r = LARCH_RELOC_PERFORM_3OP (opr1, opr2, opr1 >> opr2);
   2179      1.1  christos       break;
   2180      1.1  christos 
   2181      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_AND:
   2182      1.1  christos       r = LARCH_RELOC_PERFORM_3OP (opr1, opr2, opr1 & opr2);
   2183      1.1  christos       break;
   2184      1.1  christos 
   2185      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_ADD:
   2186      1.1  christos       r = LARCH_RELOC_PERFORM_3OP (opr1, opr2, opr1 + opr2);
   2187      1.1  christos       break;
   2188      1.1  christos 
   2189      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_IF_ELSE:
   2190      1.1  christos       r = loongarch_pop (&opr3);
   2191      1.1  christos       if (r == bfd_reloc_ok)
   2192      1.1  christos 	{
   2193      1.1  christos 	  r = loongarch_pop (&opr2);
   2194      1.1  christos 	  if (r == bfd_reloc_ok)
   2195      1.1  christos 	    {
   2196      1.1  christos 	      r = loongarch_pop (&opr1);
   2197      1.1  christos 	      if (r == bfd_reloc_ok)
   2198      1.1  christos 		r = loongarch_push (opr1 ? opr2 : opr3);
   2199      1.1  christos 	    }
   2200      1.1  christos 	}
   2201      1.1  christos       break;
   2202      1.1  christos 
   2203      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_POP_32_S_10_5:
   2204      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_POP_32_S_10_12:
   2205      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_POP_32_S_10_16:
   2206      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_POP_32_S_10_16_S2:
   2207      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_POP_32_S_0_5_10_16_S2:
   2208      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_POP_32_S_0_10_10_16_S2:
   2209      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_POP_32_S_5_20:
   2210      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_POP_32_U_10_12:
   2211      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SOP_POP_32_U:
   2212      1.1  christos       r = loongarch_pop (&opr1);
   2213      1.1  christos       if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
   2214      1.1  christos 	break;
   2215      1.1  christos       r = loongarch_check_offset (rel, input_section);
   2216      1.1  christos       if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
   2217      1.1  christos 	break;
   2218      1.1  christos 
   2219      1.1  christos       r = loongarch_reloc_rewrite_imm_insn (rel, input_section,
   2220      1.1  christos 					    howto, input_bfd,
   2221      1.1  christos 					    contents, (bfd_vma)opr1);
   2222      1.1  christos       break;
   2223      1.1  christos 
   2224      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_DTPREL32:
   2225      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_32:
   2226      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_DTPREL64:
   2227      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_64:
   2228      1.1  christos       r = loongarch_check_offset (rel, input_section);
   2229      1.1  christos       if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
   2230      1.1  christos 	break;
   2231      1.1  christos 
   2232      1.1  christos       bfd_put (bits, input_bfd, value, contents + rel->r_offset);
   2233      1.1  christos       break;
   2234      1.1  christos 
   2235  1.1.1.2  christos     /* LoongArch only has add/sub reloc pair, not has set/sub reloc pair.
   2236  1.1.1.2  christos        Because set/sub reloc pair not support multi-thread. While add/sub
   2237  1.1.1.2  christos        reloc pair process order not affect the final result.
   2238  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2239  1.1.1.2  christos        For add/sub reloc, the original value will be involved in the
   2240  1.1.1.2  christos        calculation. In order not to add/sub extra value, we write 0 to symbol
   2241  1.1.1.2  christos        address at assembly time.
   2242  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2243  1.1.1.2  christos        add/sub reloc bits determined by the value after symbol subtraction,
   2244  1.1.1.2  christos        not symbol value.
   2245  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2246  1.1.1.2  christos        add/sub reloc save part of the symbol value, so we only need to
   2247  1.1.1.2  christos        save howto->dst_mask bits.  */
   2248  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_ADD6:
   2249  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_SUB6:
   2250  1.1.1.2  christos       {
   2251  1.1.1.2  christos 	bfd_vma word = bfd_get (howto->bitsize, input_bfd,
   2252  1.1.1.2  christos 				contents + rel->r_offset);
   2253  1.1.1.2  christos 	word = (word & ~howto->dst_mask) | (value & howto->dst_mask);
   2254  1.1.1.2  christos 	bfd_put (howto->bitsize, input_bfd, word, contents + rel->r_offset);
   2255  1.1.1.2  christos 	r = bfd_reloc_ok;
   2256  1.1.1.2  christos 	break;
   2257  1.1.1.2  christos       }
   2258  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2259  1.1.1.2  christos     /* Not need to read the original value, just write the new value.  */
   2260      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_ADD8:
   2261      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_ADD16:
   2262      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_ADD24:
   2263      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_ADD32:
   2264      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_ADD64:
   2265      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SUB8:
   2266      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SUB16:
   2267      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SUB24:
   2268      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SUB32:
   2269      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_SUB64:
   2270  1.1.1.2  christos       {
   2271  1.1.1.2  christos 	/* Because add/sub reloc is processed separately,
   2272  1.1.1.2  christos 	   so the high bits is invalid.  */
   2273  1.1.1.2  christos 	bfd_vma word = value & howto->dst_mask;
   2274  1.1.1.2  christos 	bfd_put (howto->bitsize, input_bfd, word, contents + rel->r_offset);
   2275  1.1.1.2  christos 	r = bfd_reloc_ok;
   2276      1.1  christos 	break;
   2277  1.1.1.2  christos       }
   2278      1.1  christos 
   2279  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_ADD_ULEB128:
   2280  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_SUB_ULEB128:
   2281  1.1.1.2  christos       {
   2282  1.1.1.2  christos 	unsigned int len = 0;
   2283  1.1.1.2  christos 	/* Before write uleb128, first read it to get it's length.  */
   2284  1.1.1.2  christos 	_bfd_read_unsigned_leb128 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset, &len);
   2285  1.1.1.2  christos 	loongarch_write_unsigned_leb128 (contents + rel->r_offset, len, value);
   2286  1.1.1.2  christos 	r = bfd_reloc_ok;
   2287  1.1.1.2  christos 	break;
   2288  1.1.1.2  christos       }
   2289      1.1  christos 
   2290      1.1  christos     /* For eh_frame and debug info.  */
   2291      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_32_PCREL:
   2292  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_64_PCREL:
   2293  1.1.1.2  christos       {
   2294  1.1.1.2  christos 	value -= sec_addr (input_section) + rel->r_offset;
   2295  1.1.1.2  christos 	value += rel->r_addend;
   2296  1.1.1.2  christos 	bfd_vma word = bfd_get (howto->bitsize, input_bfd,
   2297  1.1.1.2  christos 				contents + rel->r_offset);
   2298  1.1.1.2  christos 	word = (word & ~howto->dst_mask) | (value & howto->dst_mask);
   2299  1.1.1.2  christos 	bfd_put (howto->bitsize, input_bfd, word, contents + rel->r_offset);
   2300  1.1.1.2  christos 	r = bfd_reloc_ok;
   2301  1.1.1.2  christos 	break;
   2302  1.1.1.2  christos       }
   2303      1.1  christos 
   2304      1.1  christos     /* New reloc type.
   2305      1.1  christos        R_LARCH_B16 ~ R_LARCH_TLS_GD_HI20.  */
   2306      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_B16:
   2307      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_B21:
   2308      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_B26:
   2309      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_ABS_HI20:
   2310      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_ABS_LO12:
   2311      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_ABS64_LO20:
   2312      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_ABS64_HI12:
   2313      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_PCALA_HI20:
   2314      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_PCALA_LO12:
   2315      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_PCALA64_LO20:
   2316      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_PCALA64_HI12:
   2317      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_GOT_PC_HI20:
   2318      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_GOT_PC_LO12:
   2319      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_GOT64_PC_LO20:
   2320      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_GOT64_PC_HI12:
   2321      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_GOT_HI20:
   2322      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_GOT_LO12:
   2323      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_GOT64_LO20:
   2324      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_GOT64_HI12:
   2325      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_LE_HI20:
   2326      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_LE_LO12:
   2327  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_LE_HI20_R:
   2328  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_LE_LO12_R:
   2329      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_LE64_LO20:
   2330      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_LE64_HI12:
   2331      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_IE_PC_HI20:
   2332      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_IE_PC_LO12:
   2333      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_IE64_PC_LO20:
   2334      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_IE64_PC_HI12:
   2335      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_IE_HI20:
   2336      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_IE_LO12:
   2337      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_IE64_LO20:
   2338      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_IE64_HI12:
   2339      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_LD_PC_HI20:
   2340      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_LD_HI20:
   2341      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_GD_PC_HI20:
   2342      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_GD_HI20:
   2343  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_PCREL20_S2:
   2344  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_CALL36:
   2345  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PC_HI20:
   2346  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PC_LO12:
   2347  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC64_PC_LO20:
   2348  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC64_PC_HI12:
   2349  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_HI20:
   2350  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_LO12:
   2351  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC64_LO20:
   2352  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC64_HI12:
   2353  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_LD_PCREL20_S2:
   2354  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_GD_PCREL20_S2:
   2355  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PCREL20_S2:
   2356      1.1  christos       r = loongarch_check_offset (rel, input_section);
   2357      1.1  christos       if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
   2358      1.1  christos 	break;
   2359      1.1  christos 
   2360      1.1  christos       r = loongarch_reloc_rewrite_imm_insn (rel, input_section,
   2361      1.1  christos 					    howto, input_bfd,
   2362      1.1  christos 					    contents, value);
   2363      1.1  christos       break;
   2364      1.1  christos 
   2365  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_LD:
   2366  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_CALL:
   2367  1.1.1.2  christos       r = bfd_reloc_ok;
   2368  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   2369  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2370      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_RELAX:
   2371  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_LE_ADD_R:
   2372      1.1  christos       break;
   2373      1.1  christos 
   2374      1.1  christos     default:
   2375      1.1  christos       r = bfd_reloc_notsupported;
   2376      1.1  christos     }
   2377      1.1  christos   return r;
   2378      1.1  christos }
   2379      1.1  christos 
   2380      1.1  christos #define LARCH_RECENT_RELOC_QUEUE_LENGTH 72
   2381      1.1  christos static struct
   2382      1.1  christos {
   2383      1.1  christos   bfd *bfd;
   2384      1.1  christos   asection *section;
   2385      1.1  christos   bfd_vma r_offset;
   2386      1.1  christos   int r_type;
   2387      1.1  christos   bfd_vma relocation;
   2388      1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
   2389      1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   2390      1.1  christos   bfd_vma addend;
   2391      1.1  christos   int64_t top_then;
   2392      1.1  christos } larch_reloc_queue[LARCH_RECENT_RELOC_QUEUE_LENGTH];
   2393      1.1  christos static size_t larch_reloc_queue_head = 0;
   2394      1.1  christos static size_t larch_reloc_queue_tail = 0;
   2395      1.1  christos 
   2396      1.1  christos static const char *
   2397      1.1  christos loongarch_sym_name (bfd *input_bfd, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   2398      1.1  christos 		    Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
   2399      1.1  christos {
   2400      1.1  christos   const char *ret = NULL;
   2401      1.1  christos   if (sym)
   2402      1.1  christos     ret = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
   2403      1.1  christos 					   elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd).sh_link,
   2404      1.1  christos 					   sym->st_name);
   2405      1.1  christos   else if (h)
   2406      1.1  christos     ret = h->root.root.string;
   2407      1.1  christos 
   2408      1.1  christos   if (ret == NULL || *ret == '\0')
   2409      1.1  christos     ret = "<nameless>";
   2410      1.1  christos   return ret;
   2411      1.1  christos }
   2412      1.1  christos 
   2413      1.1  christos static void
   2414      1.1  christos loongarch_record_one_reloc (bfd *abfd, asection *section, int r_type,
   2415      1.1  christos 			    bfd_vma r_offset, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
   2416      1.1  christos 			    struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, bfd_vma addend)
   2417      1.1  christos {
   2418      1.1  christos   if ((larch_reloc_queue_head == 0
   2419      1.1  christos        && larch_reloc_queue_tail == LARCH_RECENT_RELOC_QUEUE_LENGTH - 1)
   2420      1.1  christos       || larch_reloc_queue_head == larch_reloc_queue_tail + 1)
   2421      1.1  christos     larch_reloc_queue_head =
   2422      1.1  christos       (larch_reloc_queue_head + 1) % LARCH_RECENT_RELOC_QUEUE_LENGTH;
   2423      1.1  christos   larch_reloc_queue[larch_reloc_queue_tail].bfd = abfd;
   2424      1.1  christos   larch_reloc_queue[larch_reloc_queue_tail].section = section;
   2425      1.1  christos   larch_reloc_queue[larch_reloc_queue_tail].r_offset = r_offset;
   2426      1.1  christos   larch_reloc_queue[larch_reloc_queue_tail].r_type = r_type;
   2427      1.1  christos   larch_reloc_queue[larch_reloc_queue_tail].sym = sym;
   2428      1.1  christos   larch_reloc_queue[larch_reloc_queue_tail].h = h;
   2429      1.1  christos   larch_reloc_queue[larch_reloc_queue_tail].addend = addend;
   2430      1.1  christos   loongarch_top (&larch_reloc_queue[larch_reloc_queue_tail].top_then);
   2431      1.1  christos   larch_reloc_queue_tail =
   2432      1.1  christos     (larch_reloc_queue_tail + 1) % LARCH_RECENT_RELOC_QUEUE_LENGTH;
   2433      1.1  christos }
   2434      1.1  christos 
   2435      1.1  christos static void
   2436      1.1  christos loongarch_dump_reloc_record (void (*p) (const char *fmt, ...))
   2437      1.1  christos {
   2438      1.1  christos   size_t i = larch_reloc_queue_head;
   2439      1.1  christos   bfd *a_bfd = NULL;
   2440      1.1  christos   asection *section = NULL;
   2441      1.1  christos   bfd_vma r_offset = 0;
   2442      1.1  christos   int inited = 0;
   2443      1.1  christos   p ("Dump relocate record:\n");
   2444      1.1  christos   p ("stack top\t\trelocation name\t\tsymbol");
   2445      1.1  christos   while (i != larch_reloc_queue_tail)
   2446      1.1  christos     {
   2447      1.1  christos       if (a_bfd != larch_reloc_queue[i].bfd
   2448      1.1  christos 	  || section != larch_reloc_queue[i].section
   2449      1.1  christos 	  || r_offset != larch_reloc_queue[i].r_offset)
   2450      1.1  christos 	{
   2451      1.1  christos 	  a_bfd = larch_reloc_queue[i].bfd;
   2452      1.1  christos 	  section = larch_reloc_queue[i].section;
   2453      1.1  christos 	  r_offset = larch_reloc_queue[i].r_offset;
   2454      1.1  christos 	  p ("\nat %pB(%pA+0x%v):\n", larch_reloc_queue[i].bfd,
   2455      1.1  christos 	     larch_reloc_queue[i].section, larch_reloc_queue[i].r_offset);
   2456      1.1  christos 	}
   2457      1.1  christos 
   2458      1.1  christos       if (!inited)
   2459      1.1  christos 	inited = 1, p ("...\n");
   2460      1.1  christos 
   2461      1.1  christos       reloc_howto_type *howto =
   2462      1.1  christos 	loongarch_elf_rtype_to_howto (larch_reloc_queue[i].bfd,
   2463      1.1  christos 				      larch_reloc_queue[i].r_type);
   2464      1.1  christos       p ("0x%V %s\t`%s'", (bfd_vma) larch_reloc_queue[i].top_then,
   2465      1.1  christos 	 howto ? howto->name : "<unknown reloc>",
   2466      1.1  christos 	 loongarch_sym_name (larch_reloc_queue[i].bfd, larch_reloc_queue[i].h,
   2467      1.1  christos 			     larch_reloc_queue[i].sym));
   2468      1.1  christos 
   2469      1.1  christos       long addend = larch_reloc_queue[i].addend;
   2470      1.1  christos       if (addend < 0)
   2471      1.1  christos 	p (" - %ld", -addend);
   2472      1.1  christos       else if (0 < addend)
   2473      1.1  christos 	p (" + %ld(0x%v)", addend, larch_reloc_queue[i].addend);
   2474      1.1  christos 
   2475      1.1  christos       p ("\n");
   2476      1.1  christos       i = (i + 1) % LARCH_RECENT_RELOC_QUEUE_LENGTH;
   2477      1.1  christos     }
   2478      1.1  christos   p ("\n"
   2479      1.1  christos      "-- Record dump end --\n\n");
   2480      1.1  christos }
   2481      1.1  christos 
   2482      1.1  christos static bool
   2483      1.1  christos loongarch_reloc_is_fatal (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2484      1.1  christos 			  bfd *input_bfd,
   2485      1.1  christos 			  asection *input_section,
   2486      1.1  christos 			  Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
   2487      1.1  christos 			  reloc_howto_type *howto,
   2488      1.1  christos 			  bfd_reloc_status_type rtype,
   2489      1.1  christos 			  bool is_undefweak,
   2490      1.1  christos 			  const char *name,
   2491      1.1  christos 			  const char *msg)
   2492      1.1  christos {
   2493      1.1  christos   bool fatal = true;
   2494      1.1  christos   switch (rtype)
   2495      1.1  christos     {
   2496      1.1  christos       /* 'dangerous' means we do it but can't promise it's ok
   2497      1.1  christos 	 'unsupport' means out of ability of relocation type
   2498      1.1  christos 	 'undefined' means we can't deal with the undefined symbol.  */
   2499      1.1  christos     case bfd_reloc_undefined:
   2500      1.1  christos       info->callbacks->undefined_symbol (info, name, input_bfd, input_section,
   2501      1.1  christos 					 rel->r_offset, true);
   2502      1.1  christos       info->callbacks->info ("%X%pB(%pA+0x%v): error: %s against %s`%s':\n%s\n",
   2503      1.1  christos 			     input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
   2504      1.1  christos 			     howto->name,
   2505      1.1  christos 			     is_undefweak ? "[undefweak] " : "", name, msg);
   2506      1.1  christos       break;
   2507      1.1  christos     case bfd_reloc_dangerous:
   2508      1.1  christos       info->callbacks->info ("%pB(%pA+0x%v): warning: %s against %s`%s':\n%s\n",
   2509      1.1  christos 			     input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
   2510      1.1  christos 			     howto->name,
   2511      1.1  christos 			     is_undefweak ? "[undefweak] " : "", name, msg);
   2512      1.1  christos       fatal = false;
   2513      1.1  christos       break;
   2514      1.1  christos     case bfd_reloc_notsupported:
   2515      1.1  christos       info->callbacks->info ("%X%pB(%pA+0x%v): error: %s against %s`%s':\n%s\n",
   2516      1.1  christos 			     input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
   2517      1.1  christos 			     howto->name,
   2518      1.1  christos 			     is_undefweak ? "[undefweak] " : "", name, msg);
   2519      1.1  christos       break;
   2520      1.1  christos     default:
   2521      1.1  christos       break;
   2522      1.1  christos     }
   2523      1.1  christos   return fatal;
   2524      1.1  christos }
   2525      1.1  christos 
   2526  1.1.1.2  christos /* If lo12 immediate > 0x7ff, because sign-extend caused by addi.d/ld.d,
   2527  1.1.1.2  christos    hi20 immediate need to add 0x1.
   2528  1.1.1.2  christos    For example: pc 0x120000000, symbol 0x120000812
   2529  1.1.1.2  christos    lo12 immediate is 0x812, 0x120000812 & 0xfff = 0x812
   2530  1.1.1.2  christos    hi20 immediate is 1, because lo12 imm > 0x7ff, symbol need to add 0x1000
   2531  1.1.1.2  christos    (((0x120000812 + 0x1000) & ~0xfff) - (0x120000000 & ~0xfff)) >> 12 = 0x1
   2532  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2533  1.1.1.2  christos    At run:
   2534  1.1.1.2  christos    pcalau12i $t0, hi20 (0x1)
   2535  1.1.1.2  christos       $t0 = 0x120000000 + (0x1 << 12) = 0x120001000
   2536  1.1.1.2  christos    addi.d $t0, $t0, lo12 (0x812)
   2537  1.1.1.2  christos       $t0 = 0x120001000 + 0xfffffffffffff812 (-(0x1000 - 0x812) = -0x7ee)
   2538  1.1.1.2  christos 	  = 0x120001000 - 0x7ee (0x1000 - 0x7ee = 0x812)
   2539  1.1.1.2  christos 	  = 0x120000812
   2540  1.1.1.2  christos     Without hi20 add 0x1000, the result 0x120000000 - 0x7ee = 0x11ffff812 is
   2541  1.1.1.2  christos     error.
   2542  1.1.1.2  christos     0x1000 + sign-extend-to64(0x8xx) = 0x8xx.  */
   2543      1.1  christos #define RELOCATE_CALC_PC32_HI20(relocation, pc) 	\
   2544      1.1  christos   ({							\
   2545  1.1.1.2  christos     bfd_vma __lo = (relocation) & ((bfd_vma)0xfff);	\
   2546  1.1.1.2  christos     relocation = (relocation & ~(bfd_vma)0xfff)		\
   2547  1.1.1.2  christos 		  - (pc & ~(bfd_vma)0xfff);		\
   2548  1.1.1.2  christos     if (__lo > 0x7ff)					\
   2549      1.1  christos 	relocation += 0x1000;				\
   2550      1.1  christos   })
   2551      1.1  christos 
   2552  1.1.1.2  christos /* Handle problems caused by symbol extensions in TLS LE, The processing
   2553  1.1.1.2  christos    is similar to the macro RELOCATE_CALC_PC32_HI20 method.  */
   2554  1.1.1.2  christos #define RELOCATE_TLS_TP32_HI20(relocation)		\
   2555  1.1.1.2  christos   ({							\
   2556  1.1.1.2  christos     bfd_vma __lo = (relocation) & ((bfd_vma)0xfff);	\
   2557  1.1.1.2  christos     if (__lo > 0x7ff)					\
   2558  1.1.1.2  christos 	relocation += 0x800;				\
   2559  1.1.1.2  christos     relocation = relocation & ~(bfd_vma)0xfff;		\
   2560  1.1.1.2  christos   })
   2561  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2562  1.1.1.2  christos /* For example: pc is 0x11000010000100, symbol is 0x1812348ffff812
   2563  1.1.1.2  christos    offset = (0x1812348ffff812 & ~0xfff) - (0x11000010000100 & ~0xfff)
   2564  1.1.1.2  christos 	  = 0x712347ffff000
   2565  1.1.1.2  christos    lo12: 0x1812348ffff812 & 0xfff = 0x812
   2566  1.1.1.2  christos    hi20: 0x7ffff + 0x1(lo12 > 0x7ff) = 0x80000
   2567  1.1.1.2  christos    lo20: 0x71234 - 0x1(lo12 > 0x7ff) + 0x1(hi20 > 0x7ffff)
   2568  1.1.1.2  christos    hi12: 0x0
   2569  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2570  1.1.1.2  christos    pcalau12i $t1, hi20 (0x80000)
   2571  1.1.1.2  christos       $t1 = 0x11000010000100 + sign-extend(0x80000 << 12)
   2572  1.1.1.2  christos 	  = 0x11000010000100 + 0xffffffff80000000
   2573  1.1.1.2  christos 	  = 0x10ffff90000000
   2574  1.1.1.2  christos    addi.d $t0, $zero, lo12 (0x812)
   2575  1.1.1.2  christos       $t0 = 0xfffffffffffff812 (if lo12 > 0x7ff, because sign-extend,
   2576  1.1.1.2  christos       lo20 need to sub 0x1)
   2577  1.1.1.2  christos    lu32i.d $t0, lo20 (0x71234)
   2578  1.1.1.2  christos       $t0 = {0x71234, 0xfffff812}
   2579  1.1.1.2  christos 	  = 0x71234fffff812
   2580  1.1.1.2  christos    lu52i.d $t0, hi12 (0x0)
   2581  1.1.1.2  christos       $t0 = {0x0, 0x71234fffff812}
   2582  1.1.1.2  christos 	  = 0x71234fffff812
   2583  1.1.1.2  christos    add.d $t1, $t1, $t0
   2584  1.1.1.2  christos       $t1 = 0x10ffff90000000 + 0x71234fffff812
   2585  1.1.1.2  christos 	  = 0x1812348ffff812.  */
   2586      1.1  christos #define RELOCATE_CALC_PC64_HI32(relocation, pc)  	\
   2587      1.1  christos   ({							\
   2588  1.1.1.2  christos     bfd_vma __lo = (relocation & (bfd_vma)0xfff);	\
   2589  1.1.1.2  christos     relocation = (relocation & ~(bfd_vma)0xfff)		\
   2590  1.1.1.2  christos 		  - ((pc) & ~(bfd_vma)0xfff);		\
   2591  1.1.1.2  christos     if (__lo > 0x7ff)					\
   2592  1.1.1.2  christos 	relocation += (0x1000 - 0x100000000);		\
   2593  1.1.1.2  christos     if (relocation & 0x80000000)			\
   2594  1.1.1.2  christos       relocation += 0x100000000;			\
   2595      1.1  christos   })
   2596      1.1  christos 
   2597  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2598  1.1.1.2  christos /* Compute the tp/dtp offset of a tls symbol.
   2599  1.1.1.2  christos    It is dtp offset in dynamic tls model (gd/ld) and tp
   2600  1.1.1.2  christos    offset in static tls model (ie/le). Both offsets are
   2601  1.1.1.2  christos    calculated the same way on LoongArch, so the same
   2602  1.1.1.2  christos    function is used.  */
   2603  1.1.1.2  christos static bfd_vma
   2604  1.1.1.2  christos tlsoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma addr)
   2605  1.1.1.2  christos {
   2606  1.1.1.2  christos   /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
   2607  1.1.1.2  christos   if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
   2608  1.1.1.2  christos     return 0;
   2609  1.1.1.2  christos   return addr - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
   2610  1.1.1.2  christos }
   2611  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2612  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2613      1.1  christos static int
   2614      1.1  christos loongarch_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2615      1.1  christos 				bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
   2616      1.1  christos 				bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
   2617      1.1  christos 				Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
   2618      1.1  christos 				asection **local_sections)
   2619      1.1  christos {
   2620      1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   2621      1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
   2622      1.1  christos   bool fatal = false;
   2623      1.1  christos   asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
   2624      1.1  christos   struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *htab = loongarch_elf_hash_table (info);
   2625      1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
   2626      1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
   2627      1.1  christos   bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
   2628      1.1  christos   bool is_pic = bfd_link_pic (info);
   2629      1.1  christos   bool is_dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
   2630      1.1  christos   asection *plt = htab->elf.splt ? htab->elf.splt : htab->elf.iplt;
   2631      1.1  christos   asection *got = htab->elf.sgot;
   2632      1.1  christos 
   2633      1.1  christos   relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
   2634      1.1  christos   for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
   2635      1.1  christos     {
   2636  1.1.1.2  christos       unsigned int r_type = ELFNN_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   2637      1.1  christos       unsigned long r_symndx = ELFNN_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   2638      1.1  christos       bfd_vma pc = sec_addr (input_section) + rel->r_offset;
   2639      1.1  christos       reloc_howto_type *howto = NULL;
   2640      1.1  christos       asection *sec = NULL;
   2641      1.1  christos       Elf_Internal_Sym *sym = NULL;
   2642      1.1  christos       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
   2643      1.1  christos       const char *name;
   2644      1.1  christos       bfd_reloc_status_type r = bfd_reloc_ok;
   2645  1.1.1.2  christos       bool is_ie, is_desc, is_undefweak, unresolved_reloc, defined_local;
   2646      1.1  christos       bool resolved_local, resolved_dynly, resolved_to_const;
   2647      1.1  christos       char tls_type;
   2648  1.1.1.2  christos       bfd_vma relocation, off, ie_off, desc_off;
   2649      1.1  christos       int i, j;
   2650      1.1  christos 
   2651  1.1.1.2  christos       /* When an unrecognized relocation is encountered, which usually
   2652  1.1.1.2  christos 	 occurs when using a newer assembler but an older linker, an error
   2653  1.1.1.2  christos 	 should be reported instead of continuing to the next relocation.  */
   2654      1.1  christos       howto = loongarch_elf_rtype_to_howto (input_bfd, r_type);
   2655  1.1.1.2  christos       if (howto == NULL)
   2656  1.1.1.2  christos 	return _bfd_unrecognized_reloc (input_bfd, input_section, r_type);
   2657  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2658  1.1.1.2  christos       if (r_type == R_LARCH_GNU_VTINHERIT || r_type == R_LARCH_GNU_VTENTRY)
   2659      1.1  christos 	continue;
   2660      1.1  christos 
   2661      1.1  christos       /* This is a final link.  */
   2662      1.1  christos       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   2663      1.1  christos 	{
   2664      1.1  christos 	  is_undefweak = false;
   2665      1.1  christos 	  unresolved_reloc = false;
   2666      1.1  christos 	  sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
   2667      1.1  christos 	  sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
   2668      1.1  christos 	  relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
   2669      1.1  christos 
   2670      1.1  christos 	  /* Relocate against local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol.  */
   2671      1.1  christos 	  if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)
   2672      1.1  christos 	      && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
   2673      1.1  christos 	    {
   2674      1.1  christos 	      h = elfNN_loongarch_get_local_sym_hash (htab, input_bfd, rel,
   2675      1.1  christos 						      false);
   2676      1.1  christos 	      if (h == NULL)
   2677      1.1  christos 		abort ();
   2678      1.1  christos 
   2679      1.1  christos 	      /* Set STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol value.  */
   2680      1.1  christos 	      h->root.u.def.value = sym->st_value;
   2681      1.1  christos 	      h->root.u.def.section = sec;
   2682      1.1  christos 	    }
   2683      1.1  christos 	  defined_local = true;
   2684      1.1  christos 	  resolved_local = true;
   2685      1.1  christos 	  resolved_dynly = false;
   2686      1.1  christos 	  resolved_to_const = false;
   2687      1.1  christos 
   2688      1.1  christos 	  /* Calc in funtion elf_link_input_bfd,
   2689      1.1  christos 	   * if #define elf_backend_rela_normal to 1.  */
   2690      1.1  christos 	  if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)
   2691      1.1  christos 	      && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
   2692      1.1  christos 	    continue;
   2693      1.1  christos 	}
   2694      1.1  christos       else
   2695      1.1  christos 	{
   2696      1.1  christos 	  bool warned, ignored;
   2697      1.1  christos 
   2698      1.1  christos 	  RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel,
   2699      1.1  christos 				   r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
   2700      1.1  christos 				   h, sec, relocation,
   2701      1.1  christos 				   unresolved_reloc, warned, ignored);
   2702      1.1  christos 	  /* Here means symbol isn't local symbol only and 'h != NULL'.  */
   2703      1.1  christos 
   2704      1.1  christos 	  /* The 'unresolved_syms_in_objects' specify how to deal with undefined
   2705      1.1  christos 	     symbol.  And 'dynamic_undefined_weak' specify what to do when
   2706      1.1  christos 	     meeting undefweak.  */
   2707      1.1  christos 
   2708      1.1  christos 	  if ((is_undefweak = h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
   2709      1.1  christos 	    {
   2710      1.1  christos 	      defined_local = false;
   2711      1.1  christos 	      resolved_local = false;
   2712      1.1  christos 	      resolved_to_const = (!is_dyn || h->dynindx == -1
   2713      1.1  christos 				   || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h));
   2714      1.1  christos 	      resolved_dynly = !resolved_local && !resolved_to_const;
   2715      1.1  christos 	    }
   2716      1.1  christos 	  else if (warned)
   2717      1.1  christos 	    {
   2718      1.1  christos 	      /* Symbol undefined offen means failed already.  I don't know why
   2719      1.1  christos 		 'warned' here but I guess it want to continue relocating as if
   2720      1.1  christos 		 no error occures to find other errors as more as possible.  */
   2721      1.1  christos 
   2722      1.1  christos 	      /* To avoid generating warning messages about truncated
   2723      1.1  christos 		 relocations, set the relocation's address to be the same as
   2724      1.1  christos 		 the start of this section.  */
   2725      1.1  christos 	      relocation = (input_section->output_section
   2726      1.1  christos 			    ? input_section->output_section->vma
   2727      1.1  christos 			    : 0);
   2728      1.1  christos 
   2729      1.1  christos 	      defined_local = relocation != 0;
   2730      1.1  christos 	      resolved_local = defined_local;
   2731      1.1  christos 	      resolved_to_const = !resolved_local;
   2732      1.1  christos 	      resolved_dynly = false;
   2733      1.1  christos 	    }
   2734      1.1  christos 	  else
   2735      1.1  christos 	    {
   2736      1.1  christos 	      defined_local = !unresolved_reloc && !ignored;
   2737      1.1  christos 	      resolved_local =
   2738      1.1  christos 		defined_local && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h);
   2739      1.1  christos 	      resolved_dynly = !resolved_local;
   2740      1.1  christos 	      resolved_to_const = !resolved_local && !resolved_dynly;
   2741      1.1  christos 	    }
   2742      1.1  christos 	}
   2743      1.1  christos 
   2744      1.1  christos       name = loongarch_sym_name (input_bfd, h, sym);
   2745      1.1  christos 
   2746      1.1  christos       if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
   2747      1.1  christos 	RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel,
   2748      1.1  christos 					 1, relend, howto, 0, contents);
   2749      1.1  christos 
   2750      1.1  christos       if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
   2751      1.1  christos 	continue;
   2752      1.1  christos 
   2753      1.1  christos       /* The r_symndx will be STN_UNDEF (zero) only for relocs against symbols
   2754      1.1  christos 	 from removed linkonce sections, or sections discarded by a linker
   2755      1.1  christos 	 script.  Also for R_*_SOP_PUSH_ABSOLUTE and PCREL to specify const.  */
   2756      1.1  christos       if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF || bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
   2757      1.1  christos 	{
   2758      1.1  christos 	  defined_local = false;
   2759      1.1  christos 	  resolved_local = false;
   2760      1.1  christos 	  resolved_dynly = false;
   2761      1.1  christos 	  resolved_to_const = true;
   2762      1.1  christos 	}
   2763      1.1  christos 
   2764      1.1  christos       /* The ifunc reference generate plt.  */
   2765      1.1  christos       if (h && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
   2766      1.1  christos 	{
   2767      1.1  christos 	  defined_local = true;
   2768      1.1  christos 	  resolved_local = true;
   2769      1.1  christos 	  resolved_dynly = false;
   2770      1.1  christos 	  resolved_to_const = false;
   2771      1.1  christos 	  relocation = sec_addr (plt) + h->plt.offset;
   2772      1.1  christos 	}
   2773      1.1  christos 
   2774      1.1  christos       unresolved_reloc = resolved_dynly;
   2775      1.1  christos 
   2776      1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (resolved_local + resolved_dynly + resolved_to_const == 1);
   2777      1.1  christos 
   2778      1.1  christos       /* BFD_ASSERT (!resolved_dynly || (h && h->dynindx != -1));.  */
   2779      1.1  christos 
   2780      1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (!resolved_local || defined_local);
   2781      1.1  christos 
   2782  1.1.1.2  christos       is_desc = false;
   2783      1.1  christos       is_ie = false;
   2784      1.1  christos       switch (r_type)
   2785      1.1  christos 	{
   2786      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_MARK_PCREL:
   2787      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_MARK_LA:
   2788      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_NONE:
   2789      1.1  christos 	  r = bfd_reloc_continue;
   2790      1.1  christos 	  unresolved_reloc = false;
   2791      1.1  christos 	  break;
   2792      1.1  christos 
   2793      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_32:
   2794      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_64:
   2795      1.1  christos 	  if (resolved_dynly || (is_pic && resolved_local))
   2796      1.1  christos 	    {
   2797      1.1  christos 	      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   2798      1.1  christos 
   2799      1.1  christos 	      /* When generating a shared object, these relocations are copied
   2800      1.1  christos 		 into the output file to be resolved at run time.  */
   2801      1.1  christos 
   2802      1.1  christos 	      outrel.r_offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
   2803      1.1  christos 							 input_section,
   2804      1.1  christos 							 rel->r_offset);
   2805      1.1  christos 
   2806      1.1  christos 	      unresolved_reloc = (!((bfd_vma) -2 <= outrel.r_offset)
   2807      1.1  christos 				  && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC));
   2808      1.1  christos 
   2809      1.1  christos 	      outrel.r_offset += sec_addr (input_section);
   2810      1.1  christos 
   2811      1.1  christos 	      /* A pointer point to a ifunc symbol.  */
   2812      1.1  christos 	      if (h && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
   2813      1.1  christos 		{
   2814      1.1  christos 		  if (h->dynindx == -1)
   2815      1.1  christos 		    {
   2816      1.1  christos 		      outrel.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (0, R_LARCH_IRELATIVE);
   2817      1.1  christos 		      outrel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
   2818      1.1  christos 				  + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
   2819      1.1  christos 				  + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
   2820      1.1  christos 		    }
   2821      1.1  christos 		  else
   2822      1.1  christos 		    {
   2823      1.1  christos 		      outrel.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_LARCH_NN);
   2824      1.1  christos 		      outrel.r_addend = 0;
   2825      1.1  christos 		    }
   2826      1.1  christos 
   2827      1.1  christos 		  if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
   2828      1.1  christos 		    {
   2829      1.1  christos 
   2830      1.1  christos 		      if (htab->elf.splt != NULL)
   2831      1.1  christos 			sreloc = htab->elf.srelgot;
   2832      1.1  christos 		      else
   2833      1.1  christos 			sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
   2834      1.1  christos 		    }
   2835      1.1  christos 		  else
   2836      1.1  christos 		    {
   2837      1.1  christos 
   2838      1.1  christos 		      if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   2839      1.1  christos 			sreloc = htab->elf.irelifunc;
   2840      1.1  christos 		      else if (htab->elf.splt != NULL)
   2841      1.1  christos 			sreloc = htab->elf.srelgot;
   2842      1.1  christos 		      else
   2843      1.1  christos 			sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
   2844      1.1  christos 		    }
   2845      1.1  christos 		}
   2846      1.1  christos 	      else if (resolved_dynly)
   2847      1.1  christos 		{
   2848      1.1  christos 		  if (h->dynindx == -1)
   2849  1.1.1.2  christos 		    outrel.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (0, r_type);
   2850      1.1  christos 		  else
   2851      1.1  christos 		    outrel.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
   2852      1.1  christos 
   2853      1.1  christos 		  outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend;
   2854      1.1  christos 		}
   2855      1.1  christos 	      else
   2856      1.1  christos 		{
   2857      1.1  christos 		  outrel.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (0, R_LARCH_RELATIVE);
   2858      1.1  christos 		  outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend;
   2859      1.1  christos 		}
   2860      1.1  christos 
   2861      1.1  christos 	      /* No alloc space of func allocate_dynrelocs.  */
   2862      1.1  christos 	      if (unresolved_reloc
   2863      1.1  christos 		  && !(h && (h->is_weakalias || !h->dyn_relocs)))
   2864      1.1  christos 		loongarch_elf_append_rela (output_bfd, sreloc, &outrel);
   2865      1.1  christos 	    }
   2866      1.1  christos 
   2867      1.1  christos 	  relocation += rel->r_addend;
   2868      1.1  christos 	  break;
   2869      1.1  christos 
   2870  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_ADD6:
   2871      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_ADD8:
   2872      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_ADD16:
   2873      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_ADD24:
   2874      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_ADD32:
   2875      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_ADD64:
   2876  1.1.1.2  christos 	  {
   2877  1.1.1.2  christos 	    bfd_vma old_value = bfd_get (howto->bitsize, input_bfd,
   2878  1.1.1.2  christos 					 contents + rel->r_offset);
   2879  1.1.1.2  christos 	    relocation = old_value + relocation + rel->r_addend;
   2880  1.1.1.2  christos 	    break;
   2881  1.1.1.2  christos 	  }
   2882  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2883  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_SUB6:
   2884      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_SUB8:
   2885      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_SUB16:
   2886      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_SUB24:
   2887      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_SUB32:
   2888      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_SUB64:
   2889  1.1.1.2  christos 	  {
   2890  1.1.1.2  christos 	    bfd_vma old_value = bfd_get (howto->bitsize, input_bfd,
   2891  1.1.1.2  christos 					  contents + rel->r_offset);
   2892  1.1.1.2  christos 	    relocation = old_value - relocation - rel->r_addend;
   2893  1.1.1.2  christos 	    break;
   2894  1.1.1.2  christos 	  }
   2895  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2896  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_ADD_ULEB128:
   2897  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_SUB_ULEB128:
   2898  1.1.1.2  christos 	  {
   2899  1.1.1.2  christos 	    /* Get the value and length of the uleb128 data.  */
   2900  1.1.1.2  christos 	    unsigned int len = 0;
   2901  1.1.1.2  christos 	    bfd_vma old_value = _bfd_read_unsigned_leb128 (input_bfd,
   2902  1.1.1.2  christos 				    contents + rel->r_offset, &len);
   2903  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2904  1.1.1.2  christos 	    if (R_LARCH_ADD_ULEB128 == ELFNN_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
   2905  1.1.1.2  christos 	      relocation = old_value + relocation + rel->r_addend;
   2906  1.1.1.2  christos 	    else if (R_LARCH_SUB_ULEB128 == ELFNN_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
   2907  1.1.1.2  christos 	      relocation = old_value - relocation - rel->r_addend;
   2908  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2909  1.1.1.2  christos 	    bfd_vma mask = (1 << (7 * len)) - 1;
   2910  1.1.1.2  christos 	    relocation &= mask;
   2911  1.1.1.2  christos 	    break;
   2912  1.1.1.2  christos 	  }
   2913      1.1  christos 
   2914      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_DTPREL32:
   2915      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_DTPREL64:
   2916      1.1  christos 	  if (resolved_dynly)
   2917      1.1  christos 	    {
   2918      1.1  christos 	      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   2919      1.1  christos 
   2920      1.1  christos 	      outrel.r_offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
   2921      1.1  christos 							 input_section,
   2922      1.1  christos 							 rel->r_offset);
   2923      1.1  christos 	      unresolved_reloc = (!((bfd_vma) -2 <= outrel.r_offset)
   2924      1.1  christos 				  && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC));
   2925      1.1  christos 	      outrel.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
   2926      1.1  christos 	      outrel.r_offset += sec_addr (input_section);
   2927      1.1  christos 	      outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend;
   2928      1.1  christos 	      if (unresolved_reloc)
   2929      1.1  christos 		loongarch_elf_append_rela (output_bfd, sreloc, &outrel);
   2930      1.1  christos 	      break;
   2931      1.1  christos 	    }
   2932      1.1  christos 
   2933      1.1  christos 	  if (resolved_to_const)
   2934      1.1  christos 	    fatal = loongarch_reloc_is_fatal (info, input_bfd, input_section,
   2935      1.1  christos 					      rel, howto,
   2936      1.1  christos 					      bfd_reloc_notsupported,
   2937      1.1  christos 					      is_undefweak, name,
   2938      1.1  christos 					      "Internal:");
   2939      1.1  christos 	  if (resolved_local)
   2940      1.1  christos 	    {
   2941      1.1  christos 	      if (!elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec)
   2942      1.1  christos 		{
   2943      1.1  christos 		fatal = loongarch_reloc_is_fatal (info, input_bfd,
   2944      1.1  christos 			  input_section, rel, howto, bfd_reloc_notsupported,
   2945      1.1  christos 			  is_undefweak, name, "TLS section not be created");
   2946      1.1  christos 		}
   2947      1.1  christos 	      else
   2948  1.1.1.2  christos 		relocation = tlsoff (info, relocation);
   2949      1.1  christos 	    }
   2950      1.1  christos 	  else
   2951      1.1  christos 	    {
   2952      1.1  christos 	    fatal = loongarch_reloc_is_fatal (info, input_bfd,
   2953      1.1  christos 		      input_section, rel, howto, bfd_reloc_undefined,
   2954      1.1  christos 		      is_undefweak, name,
   2955      1.1  christos 		      "TLS LE just can be resolved local only.");
   2956      1.1  christos 	    }
   2957      1.1  christos 
   2958      1.1  christos 	  break;
   2959      1.1  christos 
   2960      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_TLS_TPREL:
   2961      1.1  christos 	  if (resolved_local)
   2962      1.1  christos 	    {
   2963      1.1  christos 	      if (!elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec)
   2964      1.1  christos 		fatal = (loongarch_reloc_is_fatal
   2965      1.1  christos 			 (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, howto,
   2966      1.1  christos 			  bfd_reloc_notsupported, is_undefweak, name,
   2967      1.1  christos 			  "TLS section not be created"));
   2968      1.1  christos 	      else
   2969      1.1  christos 		relocation -= elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
   2970      1.1  christos 	    }
   2971      1.1  christos 	  else
   2972      1.1  christos 	    fatal = (loongarch_reloc_is_fatal
   2973      1.1  christos 		     (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, howto,
   2974      1.1  christos 		      bfd_reloc_undefined, is_undefweak, name,
   2975      1.1  christos 		      "TLS LE just can be resolved local only."));
   2976      1.1  christos 	  break;
   2977      1.1  christos 
   2978      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_ABSOLUTE:
   2979      1.1  christos 	  if (is_undefweak)
   2980      1.1  christos 	    {
   2981      1.1  christos 	      if (resolved_dynly)
   2982      1.1  christos 		fatal = (loongarch_reloc_is_fatal
   2983      1.1  christos 			 (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, howto,
   2984      1.1  christos 			  bfd_reloc_dangerous, is_undefweak, name,
   2985      1.1  christos 			  "Someone require us to resolve undefweak "
   2986      1.1  christos 			  "symbol dynamically.  \n"
   2987      1.1  christos 			  "But this reloc can't be done.  "
   2988      1.1  christos 			  "I think I can't throw error "
   2989      1.1  christos 			  "for this\n"
   2990      1.1  christos 			  "so I resolved it to 0.  "
   2991      1.1  christos 			  "I suggest to re-compile with '-fpic'."));
   2992      1.1  christos 
   2993      1.1  christos 	      relocation = 0;
   2994      1.1  christos 	      unresolved_reloc = false;
   2995      1.1  christos 	      break;
   2996      1.1  christos 	    }
   2997      1.1  christos 
   2998      1.1  christos 	  if (resolved_to_const)
   2999      1.1  christos 	    {
   3000      1.1  christos 	      relocation += rel->r_addend;
   3001      1.1  christos 	      break;
   3002      1.1  christos 	    }
   3003      1.1  christos 
   3004      1.1  christos 	  if (is_pic)
   3005      1.1  christos 	    {
   3006      1.1  christos 	      fatal = (loongarch_reloc_is_fatal
   3007      1.1  christos 		       (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, howto,
   3008      1.1  christos 			bfd_reloc_notsupported, is_undefweak, name,
   3009      1.1  christos 			"Under PIC we don't know load address.  Re-compile "
   3010      1.1  christos 			"with '-fpic'?"));
   3011      1.1  christos 	      break;
   3012      1.1  christos 	    }
   3013      1.1  christos 
   3014      1.1  christos 	  if (resolved_dynly)
   3015      1.1  christos 	    {
   3016      1.1  christos 	      if (!(plt && h && h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE))
   3017      1.1  christos 		{
   3018      1.1  christos 		  fatal = (loongarch_reloc_is_fatal
   3019      1.1  christos 			   (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, howto,
   3020      1.1  christos 			    bfd_reloc_undefined, is_undefweak, name,
   3021      1.1  christos 			    "Can't be resolved dynamically.  Try to re-compile "
   3022      1.1  christos 			    "with '-fpic'?"));
   3023      1.1  christos 		  break;
   3024      1.1  christos 		}
   3025      1.1  christos 
   3026      1.1  christos 	      if (rel->r_addend != 0)
   3027      1.1  christos 		{
   3028      1.1  christos 		  fatal = (loongarch_reloc_is_fatal
   3029      1.1  christos 			   (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, howto,
   3030      1.1  christos 			    bfd_reloc_notsupported, is_undefweak, name,
   3031      1.1  christos 			    "Shouldn't be with r_addend."));
   3032      1.1  christos 		  break;
   3033      1.1  christos 		}
   3034      1.1  christos 
   3035      1.1  christos 	      relocation = sec_addr (plt) + h->plt.offset;
   3036      1.1  christos 	      unresolved_reloc = false;
   3037      1.1  christos 	      break;
   3038      1.1  christos 	    }
   3039      1.1  christos 
   3040      1.1  christos 	  if (resolved_local)
   3041      1.1  christos 	    {
   3042      1.1  christos 	      relocation += rel->r_addend;
   3043      1.1  christos 	      break;
   3044      1.1  christos 	    }
   3045      1.1  christos 
   3046      1.1  christos 	  break;
   3047      1.1  christos 
   3048      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_PCREL:
   3049      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_PLT_PCREL:
   3050      1.1  christos 	  unresolved_reloc = false;
   3051      1.1  christos 
   3052      1.1  christos 	  if (is_undefweak)
   3053      1.1  christos 	    {
   3054      1.1  christos 	      i = 0, j = 0;
   3055      1.1  christos 	      relocation = 0;
   3056      1.1  christos 	      if (resolved_dynly)
   3057      1.1  christos 		{
   3058      1.1  christos 		  if (h && h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
   3059      1.1  christos 		    i = 1, j = 2;
   3060      1.1  christos 		  else
   3061      1.1  christos 		    fatal = (loongarch_reloc_is_fatal
   3062      1.1  christos 			     (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, howto,
   3063      1.1  christos 			      bfd_reloc_dangerous, is_undefweak, name,
   3064      1.1  christos 			      "Undefweak need to be resolved dynamically, "
   3065      1.1  christos 			      "but PLT stub doesn't represent."));
   3066      1.1  christos 		}
   3067      1.1  christos 	    }
   3068      1.1  christos 	  else
   3069      1.1  christos 	    {
   3070      1.1  christos 	      if (!(defined_local || (h && h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)))
   3071      1.1  christos 		{
   3072      1.1  christos 		  fatal = (loongarch_reloc_is_fatal
   3073      1.1  christos 			   (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, howto,
   3074      1.1  christos 			    bfd_reloc_undefined, is_undefweak, name,
   3075      1.1  christos 			    "PLT stub does not represent and "
   3076      1.1  christos 			    "symbol not defined."));
   3077      1.1  christos 		  break;
   3078      1.1  christos 		}
   3079      1.1  christos 
   3080      1.1  christos 	      if (resolved_local)
   3081      1.1  christos 		i = 0, j = 2;
   3082      1.1  christos 	      else /* if (resolved_dynly) */
   3083      1.1  christos 		{
   3084      1.1  christos 		  if (!(h && h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE))
   3085      1.1  christos 		    fatal = (loongarch_reloc_is_fatal
   3086      1.1  christos 			     (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, howto,
   3087      1.1  christos 			      bfd_reloc_dangerous, is_undefweak, name,
   3088      1.1  christos 			      "Internal: PLT stub doesn't represent.  "
   3089      1.1  christos 			      "Resolve it with pcrel"));
   3090      1.1  christos 		  i = 1, j = 3;
   3091      1.1  christos 		}
   3092      1.1  christos 	    }
   3093      1.1  christos 
   3094      1.1  christos 	  for (; i < j; i++)
   3095      1.1  christos 	    {
   3096      1.1  christos 	      if ((i & 1) == 0 && defined_local)
   3097      1.1  christos 		{
   3098      1.1  christos 		  relocation -= pc;
   3099      1.1  christos 		  relocation += rel->r_addend;
   3100      1.1  christos 		  break;
   3101      1.1  christos 		}
   3102      1.1  christos 
   3103      1.1  christos 	      if ((i & 1) && h && h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
   3104      1.1  christos 		{
   3105      1.1  christos 		  if (rel->r_addend != 0)
   3106      1.1  christos 		    {
   3107      1.1  christos 		      fatal = (loongarch_reloc_is_fatal
   3108      1.1  christos 			       (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, howto,
   3109      1.1  christos 				bfd_reloc_notsupported, is_undefweak, name,
   3110      1.1  christos 				"PLT shouldn't be with r_addend."));
   3111      1.1  christos 		      break;
   3112      1.1  christos 		    }
   3113      1.1  christos 		  relocation = sec_addr (plt) + h->plt.offset - pc;
   3114      1.1  christos 		  break;
   3115      1.1  christos 		}
   3116      1.1  christos 	    }
   3117      1.1  christos 	  break;
   3118      1.1  christos 
   3119      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_GPREL:
   3120      1.1  christos 	  unresolved_reloc = false;
   3121      1.1  christos 
   3122      1.1  christos 	  if (rel->r_addend != 0)
   3123      1.1  christos 	    {
   3124      1.1  christos 	      fatal = (loongarch_reloc_is_fatal
   3125      1.1  christos 		       (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, howto,
   3126      1.1  christos 			bfd_reloc_notsupported, is_undefweak, name,
   3127      1.1  christos 			"Shouldn't be with r_addend."));
   3128      1.1  christos 	      break;
   3129      1.1  christos 	    }
   3130      1.1  christos 
   3131      1.1  christos 	  if (h != NULL)
   3132      1.1  christos 	    {
   3133      1.1  christos 	      off = h->got.offset & (~1);
   3134      1.1  christos 
   3135      1.1  christos 	      if (h->got.offset == MINUS_ONE && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC)
   3136      1.1  christos 		{
   3137      1.1  christos 		  fatal = (loongarch_reloc_is_fatal
   3138      1.1  christos 			   (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, howto,
   3139      1.1  christos 			    bfd_reloc_notsupported, is_undefweak, name,
   3140      1.1  christos 			    "Internal: GOT entry doesn't represent."));
   3141      1.1  christos 		  break;
   3142      1.1  christos 		}
   3143      1.1  christos 
   3144      1.1  christos 	      /* Hidden symbol not has .got entry, only .got.plt entry
   3145      1.1  christos 		 so gprel is (plt - got).  */
   3146      1.1  christos 	      if (h->got.offset == MINUS_ONE && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
   3147      1.1  christos 		{
   3148      1.1  christos 		  if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
   3149      1.1  christos 		    {
   3150      1.1  christos 		      abort();
   3151      1.1  christos 		    }
   3152      1.1  christos 
   3153      1.1  christos 		  bfd_vma plt_index = h->plt.offset / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   3154      1.1  christos 		  off = plt_index * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   3155      1.1  christos 
   3156      1.1  christos 		  if (htab->elf.splt != NULL)
   3157      1.1  christos 		    {
   3158      1.1  christos 		      /* Section .plt header is 2 times of plt entry.  */
   3159      1.1  christos 		      off = sec_addr (htab->elf.sgotplt) + off
   3160      1.1  christos 			- sec_addr (htab->elf.sgot);
   3161      1.1  christos 		    }
   3162      1.1  christos 		  else
   3163      1.1  christos 		    {
   3164      1.1  christos 		      /* Section iplt not has plt header.  */
   3165      1.1  christos 		      off = sec_addr (htab->elf.igotplt) + off
   3166      1.1  christos 			- sec_addr (htab->elf.sgot);
   3167      1.1  christos 		    }
   3168      1.1  christos 		}
   3169      1.1  christos 
   3170      1.1  christos 	      if ((h->got.offset & 1) == 0)
   3171      1.1  christos 		{
   3172      1.1  christos 		  if (!WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (is_dyn,
   3173      1.1  christos 							bfd_link_pic (info), h)
   3174      1.1  christos 		      && ((bfd_link_pic (info)
   3175      1.1  christos 			   && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))))
   3176      1.1  christos 		    {
   3177      1.1  christos 		      /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
   3178      1.1  christos 			 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
   3179      1.1  christos 			 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
   3180      1.1  christos 			 because of a version file.  We must initialize
   3181      1.1  christos 			 this entry in the global offset table.  Since the
   3182      1.1  christos 			 offset must always be a multiple of the word size,
   3183      1.1  christos 			 we use the least significant bit to record whether
   3184      1.1  christos 			 we have initialized it already.
   3185      1.1  christos 
   3186      1.1  christos 			 When doing a dynamic link, we create a rela.got
   3187      1.1  christos 			 relocation entry to initialize the value.  This
   3188      1.1  christos 			 is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine.  */
   3189      1.1  christos 
   3190      1.1  christos 		      if (resolved_dynly)
   3191      1.1  christos 			{
   3192      1.1  christos 			  fatal = (loongarch_reloc_is_fatal
   3193      1.1  christos 				   (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, howto,
   3194      1.1  christos 				    bfd_reloc_dangerous, is_undefweak, name,
   3195      1.1  christos 				    "Internal: here shouldn't dynamic."));
   3196      1.1  christos 			}
   3197      1.1  christos 
   3198      1.1  christos 		      if (!(defined_local || resolved_to_const))
   3199      1.1  christos 			{
   3200      1.1  christos 			  fatal = (loongarch_reloc_is_fatal
   3201      1.1  christos 				   (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, howto,
   3202      1.1  christos 				    bfd_reloc_undefined, is_undefweak, name,
   3203      1.1  christos 				    "Internal: "));
   3204      1.1  christos 			  break;
   3205      1.1  christos 			}
   3206      1.1  christos 
   3207      1.1  christos 		      asection *s;
   3208      1.1  christos 		      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   3209      1.1  christos 		      /* We need to generate a R_LARCH_RELATIVE reloc
   3210      1.1  christos 			 for the dynamic linker.  */
   3211      1.1  christos 		      s = htab->elf.srelgot;
   3212      1.1  christos 		      if (!s)
   3213      1.1  christos 			{
   3214      1.1  christos 			  fatal = loongarch_reloc_is_fatal
   3215      1.1  christos 			    (info, input_bfd,
   3216      1.1  christos 			     input_section, rel, howto,
   3217      1.1  christos 			     bfd_reloc_notsupported, is_undefweak, name,
   3218      1.1  christos 			     "Internal: '.rel.got' not represent");
   3219      1.1  christos 			  break;
   3220      1.1  christos 			}
   3221      1.1  christos 
   3222      1.1  christos 		      outrel.r_offset = sec_addr (got) + off;
   3223      1.1  christos 		      outrel.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (0, R_LARCH_RELATIVE);
   3224      1.1  christos 		      outrel.r_addend = relocation; /* Link-time addr.  */
   3225      1.1  christos 		      loongarch_elf_append_rela (output_bfd, s, &outrel);
   3226      1.1  christos 		    }
   3227      1.1  christos 		  bfd_put_NN (output_bfd, relocation, got->contents + off);
   3228      1.1  christos 		  h->got.offset |= 1;
   3229      1.1  christos 		}
   3230      1.1  christos 	    }
   3231      1.1  christos 	  else
   3232      1.1  christos 	    {
   3233      1.1  christos 	      if (!local_got_offsets)
   3234      1.1  christos 		{
   3235      1.1  christos 		  fatal = (loongarch_reloc_is_fatal
   3236      1.1  christos 			   (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, howto,
   3237      1.1  christos 			    bfd_reloc_notsupported, is_undefweak, name,
   3238      1.1  christos 			    "Internal: local got offsets not reporesent."));
   3239      1.1  christos 		  break;
   3240      1.1  christos 		}
   3241      1.1  christos 
   3242      1.1  christos 	      off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx] & (~1);
   3243      1.1  christos 
   3244      1.1  christos 	      if (local_got_offsets[r_symndx] == MINUS_ONE)
   3245      1.1  christos 		{
   3246      1.1  christos 		  fatal = (loongarch_reloc_is_fatal
   3247      1.1  christos 			   (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, howto,
   3248      1.1  christos 			    bfd_reloc_notsupported, is_undefweak, name,
   3249      1.1  christos 			    "Internal: GOT entry doesn't represent."));
   3250      1.1  christos 		  break;
   3251      1.1  christos 		}
   3252      1.1  christos 
   3253      1.1  christos 	      /* The offset must always be a multiple of the word size.
   3254      1.1  christos 		 So, we can use the least significant bit to record
   3255      1.1  christos 		 whether we have already processed this entry.  */
   3256      1.1  christos 	      if ((local_got_offsets[r_symndx] & 1) == 0)
   3257      1.1  christos 		{
   3258      1.1  christos 		  if (is_pic)
   3259      1.1  christos 		    {
   3260      1.1  christos 		      asection *s;
   3261      1.1  christos 		      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   3262      1.1  christos 		      /* We need to generate a R_LARCH_RELATIVE reloc
   3263      1.1  christos 			 for the dynamic linker.  */
   3264      1.1  christos 		      s = htab->elf.srelgot;
   3265      1.1  christos 		      if (!s)
   3266      1.1  christos 			{
   3267      1.1  christos 			  fatal = (loongarch_reloc_is_fatal
   3268      1.1  christos 				   (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, howto,
   3269      1.1  christos 				    bfd_reloc_notsupported, is_undefweak, name,
   3270      1.1  christos 				    "Internal: '.rel.got' not represent"));
   3271      1.1  christos 			  break;
   3272      1.1  christos 			}
   3273      1.1  christos 
   3274      1.1  christos 		      outrel.r_offset = sec_addr (got) + off;
   3275      1.1  christos 		      outrel.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (0, R_LARCH_RELATIVE);
   3276      1.1  christos 		      outrel.r_addend = relocation; /* Link-time addr.  */
   3277      1.1  christos 		      loongarch_elf_append_rela (output_bfd, s, &outrel);
   3278      1.1  christos 		    }
   3279      1.1  christos 
   3280      1.1  christos 		  bfd_put_NN (output_bfd, relocation, got->contents + off);
   3281      1.1  christos 		  local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
   3282      1.1  christos 		}
   3283      1.1  christos 	    }
   3284      1.1  christos 	  relocation = off;
   3285      1.1  christos 
   3286      1.1  christos 	  break;
   3287      1.1  christos 
   3288      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_TLS_GOT:
   3289      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_TLS_GD:
   3290      1.1  christos 	  {
   3291      1.1  christos 	    unresolved_reloc = false;
   3292      1.1  christos 	    if (r_type == R_LARCH_SOP_PUSH_TLS_GOT)
   3293      1.1  christos 	      is_ie = true;
   3294      1.1  christos 
   3295      1.1  christos 	    bfd_vma got_off = 0;
   3296      1.1  christos 	    if (h != NULL)
   3297      1.1  christos 	      {
   3298      1.1  christos 		got_off = h->got.offset;
   3299      1.1  christos 		h->got.offset |= 1;
   3300      1.1  christos 	      }
   3301      1.1  christos 	    else
   3302      1.1  christos 	      {
   3303      1.1  christos 		got_off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
   3304      1.1  christos 		local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
   3305      1.1  christos 	      }
   3306      1.1  christos 
   3307      1.1  christos 	    BFD_ASSERT (got_off != MINUS_ONE);
   3308      1.1  christos 
   3309      1.1  christos 	    ie_off = 0;
   3310      1.1  christos 	    tls_type = _bfd_loongarch_elf_tls_type (input_bfd, h, r_symndx);
   3311      1.1  christos 	    if ((tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD) && (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE))
   3312      1.1  christos 	      ie_off = 2 * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   3313      1.1  christos 
   3314      1.1  christos 	    if ((got_off & 1) == 0)
   3315      1.1  christos 	      {
   3316      1.1  christos 		Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   3317      1.1  christos 		asection *srel = htab->elf.srelgot;
   3318      1.1  christos 		bfd_vma tls_block_off = 0;
   3319      1.1  christos 
   3320      1.1  christos 		if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
   3321      1.1  christos 		  {
   3322      1.1  christos 		    BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec);
   3323      1.1  christos 		    tls_block_off = relocation
   3324      1.1  christos 			- elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
   3325      1.1  christos 		  }
   3326      1.1  christos 
   3327      1.1  christos 		if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
   3328      1.1  christos 		  {
   3329      1.1  christos 		    rela.r_offset = sec_addr (got) + got_off;
   3330      1.1  christos 		    rela.r_addend = 0;
   3331      1.1  christos 		    if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
   3332      1.1  christos 		      {
   3333      1.1  christos 			/* Local sym, used in exec, set module id 1.  */
   3334      1.1  christos 			if (bfd_link_executable (info))
   3335      1.1  christos 			  bfd_put_NN (output_bfd, 1, got->contents + got_off);
   3336      1.1  christos 			else
   3337      1.1  christos 			  {
   3338      1.1  christos 			    rela.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (0,
   3339      1.1  christos 							R_LARCH_TLS_DTPMODNN);
   3340      1.1  christos 			    loongarch_elf_append_rela (output_bfd, srel, &rela);
   3341      1.1  christos 			  }
   3342      1.1  christos 
   3343      1.1  christos 			bfd_put_NN (output_bfd, tls_block_off,
   3344      1.1  christos 				    got->contents + got_off + GOT_ENTRY_SIZE);
   3345      1.1  christos 		      }
   3346      1.1  christos 		    /* Dynamic resolved.  */
   3347      1.1  christos 		    else
   3348      1.1  christos 		      {
   3349      1.1  christos 			/* Dynamic relocate module id.  */
   3350      1.1  christos 			rela.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (h->dynindx,
   3351      1.1  christos 						    R_LARCH_TLS_DTPMODNN);
   3352      1.1  christos 			loongarch_elf_append_rela (output_bfd, srel, &rela);
   3353      1.1  christos 
   3354      1.1  christos 			/* Dynamic relocate offset of block.  */
   3355      1.1  christos 			rela.r_offset += GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   3356      1.1  christos 			rela.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (h->dynindx,
   3357      1.1  christos 						    R_LARCH_TLS_DTPRELNN);
   3358      1.1  christos 			loongarch_elf_append_rela (output_bfd, srel, &rela);
   3359      1.1  christos 		      }
   3360      1.1  christos 		  }
   3361      1.1  christos 		if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
   3362      1.1  christos 		  {
   3363      1.1  christos 		    rela.r_offset = sec_addr (got) + got_off + ie_off;
   3364      1.1  christos 		    if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
   3365      1.1  christos 		      {
   3366      1.1  christos 			/* Local sym, used in exec, set module id 1.  */
   3367      1.1  christos 			if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
   3368      1.1  christos 			  {
   3369      1.1  christos 			    rela.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (0, R_LARCH_TLS_TPRELNN);
   3370      1.1  christos 			    rela.r_addend = tls_block_off;
   3371      1.1  christos 			    loongarch_elf_append_rela (output_bfd, srel, &rela);
   3372      1.1  christos 			  }
   3373      1.1  christos 
   3374      1.1  christos 			bfd_put_NN (output_bfd, tls_block_off,
   3375      1.1  christos 				    got->contents + got_off + ie_off);
   3376      1.1  christos 		      }
   3377      1.1  christos 		    /* Dynamic resolved.  */
   3378      1.1  christos 		    else
   3379      1.1  christos 		      {
   3380      1.1  christos 			/* Dynamic relocate offset of block.  */
   3381      1.1  christos 			rela.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (h->dynindx,
   3382      1.1  christos 						    R_LARCH_TLS_TPRELNN);
   3383      1.1  christos 			rela.r_addend = 0;
   3384      1.1  christos 			loongarch_elf_append_rela (output_bfd, srel, &rela);
   3385      1.1  christos 		      }
   3386      1.1  christos 		  }
   3387      1.1  christos 	      }
   3388      1.1  christos 
   3389      1.1  christos 	    relocation = (got_off & (~(bfd_vma)1)) + (is_ie ? ie_off : 0);
   3390      1.1  christos 	  }
   3391      1.1  christos 	  break;
   3392      1.1  christos 
   3393      1.1  christos 	/* New reloc types.  */
   3394  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_B16:
   3395      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_B21:
   3396      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_B26:
   3397  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_CALL36:
   3398      1.1  christos 	  unresolved_reloc = false;
   3399      1.1  christos 	  if (is_undefweak)
   3400      1.1  christos 	    {
   3401      1.1  christos 	      relocation = 0;
   3402      1.1  christos 	    }
   3403      1.1  christos 
   3404      1.1  christos 	  if (resolved_local)
   3405      1.1  christos 	    {
   3406      1.1  christos 	      relocation -= pc;
   3407      1.1  christos 	      relocation += rel->r_addend;
   3408      1.1  christos 	    }
   3409      1.1  christos 	  else if (resolved_dynly)
   3410      1.1  christos 	    {
   3411      1.1  christos 	      BFD_ASSERT (h
   3412      1.1  christos 			  && (h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE
   3413      1.1  christos 			      || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
   3414      1.1  christos 			  && rel->r_addend == 0);
   3415      1.1  christos 	      if (h && h->plt.offset == MINUS_ONE
   3416      1.1  christos 		  && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
   3417      1.1  christos 		{
   3418      1.1  christos 		  relocation -= pc;
   3419      1.1  christos 		  relocation += rel->r_addend;
   3420      1.1  christos 		}
   3421      1.1  christos 	      else
   3422      1.1  christos 		relocation = sec_addr (plt) + h->plt.offset - pc;
   3423      1.1  christos 	    }
   3424      1.1  christos 
   3425      1.1  christos 	  break;
   3426      1.1  christos 
   3427      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_ABS_HI20:
   3428      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_ABS_LO12:
   3429      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_ABS64_LO20:
   3430      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_ABS64_HI12:
   3431      1.1  christos 
   3432      1.1  christos 	  if (is_undefweak)
   3433      1.1  christos 	    {
   3434      1.1  christos 	      BFD_ASSERT (resolved_dynly);
   3435      1.1  christos 	      relocation = 0;
   3436      1.1  christos 	      break;
   3437      1.1  christos 	    }
   3438      1.1  christos 	  else if (resolved_to_const || resolved_local)
   3439      1.1  christos 	    {
   3440      1.1  christos 	      relocation += rel->r_addend;
   3441      1.1  christos 	    }
   3442      1.1  christos 	  else if (resolved_dynly)
   3443      1.1  christos 	    {
   3444      1.1  christos 	      unresolved_reloc = false;
   3445      1.1  christos 	      BFD_ASSERT ((plt && h && h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
   3446      1.1  christos 			  && rel->r_addend == 0);
   3447      1.1  christos 	      relocation = sec_addr (plt) + h->plt.offset;
   3448      1.1  christos 	    }
   3449      1.1  christos 
   3450      1.1  christos 	  break;
   3451      1.1  christos 
   3452  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_PCREL20_S2:
   3453  1.1.1.2  christos 	  unresolved_reloc = false;
   3454  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (h && h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
   3455  1.1.1.2  christos 	    relocation = sec_addr (plt) + h->plt.offset;
   3456  1.1.1.2  christos 	  else
   3457  1.1.1.2  christos 	    relocation += rel->r_addend;
   3458  1.1.1.2  christos 	  relocation -= pc;
   3459  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   3460  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3461      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_PCALA_HI20:
   3462      1.1  christos 	  unresolved_reloc = false;
   3463      1.1  christos 	  if (h && h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
   3464      1.1  christos 	    relocation = sec_addr (plt) + h->plt.offset;
   3465      1.1  christos 	  else
   3466      1.1  christos 	    relocation += rel->r_addend;
   3467      1.1  christos 
   3468      1.1  christos 	  RELOCATE_CALC_PC32_HI20 (relocation, pc);
   3469  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   3470      1.1  christos 
   3471  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_LE_HI20_R:
   3472  1.1.1.2  christos 	  relocation += rel->r_addend;
   3473  1.1.1.2  christos 	  relocation = tlsoff (info, relocation);
   3474  1.1.1.2  christos 	  RELOCATE_TLS_TP32_HI20 (relocation);
   3475      1.1  christos 	  break;
   3476      1.1  christos 
   3477      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_PCALA_LO12:
   3478      1.1  christos 	  /* Not support if sym_addr in 2k page edge.
   3479      1.1  christos 	     pcalau12i pc_hi20 (sym_addr)
   3480      1.1  christos 	     ld.w/d pc_lo12 (sym_addr)
   3481      1.1  christos 	     ld.w/d pc_lo12 (sym_addr + x)
   3482      1.1  christos 	     ...
   3483      1.1  christos 	     can not calc correct address
   3484      1.1  christos 	     if sym_addr < 0x800 && sym_addr + x >= 0x800.  */
   3485      1.1  christos 
   3486      1.1  christos 	  if (h && h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
   3487      1.1  christos 	    relocation = sec_addr (plt) + h->plt.offset;
   3488      1.1  christos 	  else
   3489      1.1  christos 	    relocation += rel->r_addend;
   3490      1.1  christos 
   3491      1.1  christos 	  /* For 2G jump, generate pcalau12i, jirl.  */
   3492      1.1  christos 	  /* If use jirl, turns to R_LARCH_B16.  */
   3493      1.1  christos 	  uint32_t insn = bfd_get (32, input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3494      1.1  christos 	  if ((insn & 0x4c000000) == 0x4c000000)
   3495      1.1  christos 	    {
   3496  1.1.1.2  christos 	      relocation &= 0xfff;
   3497  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Signed extend.  */
   3498  1.1.1.2  christos 	      relocation = (relocation ^ 0x800) - 0x800;
   3499  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3500      1.1  christos 	      rel->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_LARCH_B16);
   3501      1.1  christos 	      howto = loongarch_elf_rtype_to_howto (input_bfd, R_LARCH_B16);
   3502      1.1  christos 	    }
   3503      1.1  christos 	  break;
   3504      1.1  christos 
   3505      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_PCALA64_HI12:
   3506  1.1.1.2  christos 	  pc -= 4;
   3507  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   3508  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_PCALA64_LO20:
   3509      1.1  christos 	  if (h && h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
   3510      1.1  christos 	    relocation = sec_addr (plt) + h->plt.offset;
   3511      1.1  christos 	  else
   3512      1.1  christos 	    relocation += rel->r_addend;
   3513      1.1  christos 
   3514  1.1.1.2  christos 	  RELOCATE_CALC_PC64_HI32 (relocation, pc - 8);
   3515      1.1  christos 
   3516      1.1  christos 	  break;
   3517      1.1  christos 
   3518      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_GOT_PC_HI20:
   3519      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_GOT_HI20:
   3520      1.1  christos 	  /* Calc got offset.  */
   3521      1.1  christos 	    {
   3522      1.1  christos 	      unresolved_reloc = false;
   3523      1.1  christos 	      BFD_ASSERT (rel->r_addend == 0);
   3524      1.1  christos 
   3525      1.1  christos 	      bfd_vma got_off = 0;
   3526      1.1  christos 	      if (h != NULL)
   3527      1.1  christos 		{
   3528      1.1  christos 		  /* GOT ref or ifunc.  */
   3529      1.1  christos 		  BFD_ASSERT (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE
   3530      1.1  christos 			      || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC);
   3531      1.1  christos 
   3532      1.1  christos 		  got_off = h->got.offset  & (~(bfd_vma)1);
   3533      1.1  christos 		  /* Hidden symbol not has got entry,
   3534      1.1  christos 		   * only got.plt entry so it is (plt - got).  */
   3535      1.1  christos 		  if (h->got.offset == MINUS_ONE && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
   3536      1.1  christos 		    {
   3537      1.1  christos 		      bfd_vma idx;
   3538      1.1  christos 		      if (htab->elf.splt != NULL)
   3539      1.1  christos 			{
   3540      1.1  christos 			  idx = (h->plt.offset - PLT_HEADER_SIZE)
   3541      1.1  christos 			    / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   3542      1.1  christos 			  got_off = sec_addr (htab->elf.sgotplt)
   3543      1.1  christos 			    + GOTPLT_HEADER_SIZE
   3544      1.1  christos 			    + (idx * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE)
   3545      1.1  christos 			    - sec_addr (htab->elf.sgot);
   3546      1.1  christos 			}
   3547      1.1  christos 		      else
   3548      1.1  christos 			{
   3549      1.1  christos 			  idx = h->plt.offset / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   3550      1.1  christos 			  got_off = sec_addr (htab->elf.sgotplt)
   3551      1.1  christos 			    + (idx * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE)
   3552      1.1  christos 			    - sec_addr (htab->elf.sgot);
   3553      1.1  christos 			}
   3554      1.1  christos 		    }
   3555      1.1  christos 
   3556      1.1  christos 		  if ((h->got.offset & 1) == 0)
   3557      1.1  christos 		    {
   3558      1.1  christos 		      /* We need to generate a R_LARCH_RELATIVE reloc once
   3559      1.1  christos 		       * in loongarch_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol or now,
   3560      1.1  christos 		       * call finish_dyn && nopic
   3561      1.1  christos 		       * or !call finish_dyn && pic.  */
   3562      1.1  christos 		      if (!WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (is_dyn,
   3563      1.1  christos 							    bfd_link_pic (info),
   3564      1.1  christos 							    h)
   3565      1.1  christos 			  && bfd_link_pic (info)
   3566      1.1  christos 			  && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
   3567      1.1  christos 			{
   3568      1.1  christos 			  Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   3569      1.1  christos 			  rela.r_offset = sec_addr (got) + got_off;
   3570      1.1  christos 			  rela.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (0, R_LARCH_RELATIVE);
   3571      1.1  christos 			  rela.r_addend = relocation;
   3572      1.1  christos 			  loongarch_elf_append_rela (output_bfd,
   3573      1.1  christos 						     htab->elf.srelgot, &rela);
   3574      1.1  christos 			}
   3575      1.1  christos 		      h->got.offset |= 1;
   3576      1.1  christos 		      bfd_put_NN (output_bfd, relocation,
   3577      1.1  christos 				  got->contents + got_off);
   3578      1.1  christos 		    }
   3579      1.1  christos 		}
   3580      1.1  christos 	      else
   3581      1.1  christos 		{
   3582      1.1  christos 		  BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets
   3583      1.1  christos 			      && local_got_offsets[r_symndx] != MINUS_ONE);
   3584      1.1  christos 
   3585      1.1  christos 		  got_off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx] & (~(bfd_vma)1);
   3586      1.1  christos 		  if ((local_got_offsets[r_symndx] & 1) == 0)
   3587      1.1  christos 		    {
   3588      1.1  christos 		      if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   3589      1.1  christos 			{
   3590      1.1  christos 			  Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   3591      1.1  christos 			  rela.r_offset = sec_addr (got) + got_off;
   3592      1.1  christos 			  rela.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (0, R_LARCH_RELATIVE);
   3593      1.1  christos 			  rela.r_addend = relocation;
   3594      1.1  christos 			  loongarch_elf_append_rela (output_bfd,
   3595      1.1  christos 						     htab->elf.srelgot, &rela);
   3596      1.1  christos 			}
   3597      1.1  christos 		      local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
   3598      1.1  christos 		    }
   3599      1.1  christos 		  bfd_put_NN (output_bfd, relocation, got->contents + got_off);
   3600      1.1  christos 		}
   3601      1.1  christos 
   3602      1.1  christos 	      relocation = got_off + sec_addr (got);
   3603      1.1  christos 	    }
   3604      1.1  christos 
   3605      1.1  christos 	  if (r_type == R_LARCH_GOT_PC_HI20)
   3606      1.1  christos 	    RELOCATE_CALC_PC32_HI20 (relocation, pc);
   3607      1.1  christos 
   3608      1.1  christos 	  break;
   3609      1.1  christos 
   3610      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_GOT_PC_LO12:
   3611      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_GOT64_PC_LO20:
   3612      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_GOT64_PC_HI12:
   3613      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_GOT_LO12:
   3614      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_GOT64_LO20:
   3615      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_GOT64_HI12:
   3616      1.1  christos 	    {
   3617      1.1  christos 	      unresolved_reloc = false;
   3618      1.1  christos 	      bfd_vma got_off;
   3619      1.1  christos 	      if (h)
   3620      1.1  christos 		got_off = h->got.offset & (~(bfd_vma)1);
   3621      1.1  christos 	      else
   3622      1.1  christos 		got_off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx] & (~(bfd_vma)1);
   3623      1.1  christos 
   3624      1.1  christos 	      if (h && h->got.offset == MINUS_ONE && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
   3625      1.1  christos 		{
   3626      1.1  christos 		  bfd_vma idx;
   3627      1.1  christos 		  if (htab->elf.splt != NULL)
   3628      1.1  christos 		    idx = (h->plt.offset - PLT_HEADER_SIZE) / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   3629      1.1  christos 		  else
   3630      1.1  christos 		    idx = h->plt.offset / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   3631      1.1  christos 
   3632      1.1  christos 		  got_off = sec_addr (htab->elf.sgotplt)
   3633      1.1  christos 		    + GOTPLT_HEADER_SIZE
   3634      1.1  christos 		    + (idx * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE)
   3635      1.1  christos 		    - sec_addr (htab->elf.sgot);
   3636      1.1  christos 		}
   3637  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3638      1.1  christos 	      relocation = got_off + sec_addr (got);
   3639      1.1  christos 	    }
   3640      1.1  christos 
   3641  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (r_type == R_LARCH_GOT64_PC_HI12)
   3642  1.1.1.2  christos 	    RELOCATE_CALC_PC64_HI32 (relocation, pc - 12);
   3643  1.1.1.2  christos 	  else if (r_type == R_LARCH_GOT64_PC_LO20)
   3644  1.1.1.2  christos 	    RELOCATE_CALC_PC64_HI32 (relocation, pc - 8);
   3645      1.1  christos 
   3646      1.1  christos 	  break;
   3647      1.1  christos 
   3648      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_LE_HI20:
   3649      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_LE_LO12:
   3650  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_LE_LO12_R:
   3651      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_LE64_LO20:
   3652      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_LE64_HI12:
   3653      1.1  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT (resolved_local && elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec);
   3654      1.1  christos 
   3655  1.1.1.2  christos 	  relocation += rel->r_addend;
   3656  1.1.1.2  christos 	  relocation = tlsoff (info, relocation);
   3657      1.1  christos 	  break;
   3658      1.1  christos 
   3659      1.1  christos 	/* TLS IE LD/GD process separately is troublesome.
   3660      1.1  christos 	   When a symbol is both ie and LD/GD, h->got.off |= 1
   3661      1.1  christos 	   make only one type be relocated.  We must use
   3662      1.1  christos 	   h->got.offset |= 1 and h->got.offset |= 2
   3663      1.1  christos 	   diff IE and LD/GD.  And all (got_off & (~(bfd_vma)1))
   3664      1.1  christos 	   (IE LD/GD and reusable GOT reloc) must change to
   3665      1.1  christos 	   (got_off & (~(bfd_vma)3)), beause we use lowest 2 bits
   3666      1.1  christos 	   as a tag.
   3667      1.1  christos 	   Now, LD and GD is both GOT_TLS_GD type, LD seems to
   3668      1.1  christos 	   can be omitted.  */
   3669      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_IE_PC_HI20:
   3670      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_IE_HI20:
   3671      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_LD_PC_HI20:
   3672      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_LD_HI20:
   3673      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_GD_PC_HI20:
   3674      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_GD_HI20:
   3675  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PC_HI20:
   3676  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_HI20:
   3677  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_LD_PCREL20_S2:
   3678  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_GD_PCREL20_S2:
   3679  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PCREL20_S2:
   3680      1.1  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT (rel->r_addend == 0);
   3681      1.1  christos 	  unresolved_reloc = false;
   3682      1.1  christos 
   3683      1.1  christos 	  if (r_type == R_LARCH_TLS_IE_PC_HI20
   3684      1.1  christos 	      || r_type == R_LARCH_TLS_IE_HI20)
   3685      1.1  christos 	    is_ie = true;
   3686      1.1  christos 
   3687  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (r_type == R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PC_HI20
   3688  1.1.1.2  christos 	      || r_type == R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_HI20
   3689  1.1.1.2  christos 	      || r_type == R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PCREL20_S2)
   3690  1.1.1.2  christos 	    is_desc = true;
   3691  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3692      1.1  christos 	  bfd_vma got_off = 0;
   3693      1.1  christos 	  if (h != NULL)
   3694      1.1  christos 	    {
   3695      1.1  christos 	      got_off = h->got.offset;
   3696      1.1  christos 	      h->got.offset |= 1;
   3697      1.1  christos 	    }
   3698      1.1  christos 	  else
   3699      1.1  christos 	    {
   3700      1.1  christos 	      got_off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
   3701      1.1  christos 	      local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
   3702      1.1  christos 	    }
   3703      1.1  christos 
   3704      1.1  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT (got_off != MINUS_ONE);
   3705      1.1  christos 
   3706      1.1  christos 	  tls_type = _bfd_loongarch_elf_tls_type (input_bfd, h, r_symndx);
   3707  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3708  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* If a tls variable is accessed in multiple ways, GD uses
   3709  1.1.1.2  christos 	     the first two slots of GOT, desc follows with two slots,
   3710  1.1.1.2  christos 	     and IE uses one slot at the end.  */
   3711  1.1.1.2  christos 	  off = 0;
   3712  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
   3713  1.1.1.2  christos 	    off += 2 * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   3714  1.1.1.2  christos 	  desc_off = off;
   3715  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GDESC)
   3716  1.1.1.2  christos 	    off += 2 * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   3717  1.1.1.2  christos 	  ie_off = off;
   3718      1.1  christos 
   3719      1.1  christos 	  if ((got_off & 1) == 0)
   3720      1.1  christos 	    {
   3721      1.1  christos 	      Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   3722      1.1  christos 	      asection *relgot = htab->elf.srelgot;
   3723      1.1  christos 
   3724  1.1.1.2  christos 	      int indx = 0;
   3725  1.1.1.2  christos 	      bool need_reloc = false;
   3726  1.1.1.2  christos 	      LARCH_TLS_GD_IE_NEED_DYN_RELOC (info, is_dyn, h, indx,
   3727  1.1.1.2  christos 					      need_reloc);
   3728      1.1  christos 
   3729      1.1  christos 	      if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
   3730      1.1  christos 		{
   3731  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (need_reloc)
   3732      1.1  christos 		    {
   3733  1.1.1.2  christos 		  /* Dynamic resolved Module ID.  */
   3734  1.1.1.2  christos 		      rela.r_offset = sec_addr (got) + got_off;
   3735  1.1.1.2  christos 		      rela.r_addend = 0;
   3736  1.1.1.2  christos 		      rela.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (indx,R_LARCH_TLS_DTPMODNN);
   3737  1.1.1.2  christos 		      bfd_put_NN (output_bfd, 0, got->contents + got_off);
   3738  1.1.1.2  christos 		      loongarch_elf_append_rela (output_bfd, relgot, &rela);
   3739  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3740  1.1.1.2  christos 		      if (indx == 0)
   3741  1.1.1.2  christos 			{
   3742  1.1.1.2  christos 			  /* Local symbol, tp offset has been known.  */
   3743  1.1.1.2  christos 			  BFD_ASSERT (! unresolved_reloc);
   3744  1.1.1.2  christos 			  bfd_put_NN (output_bfd,
   3745  1.1.1.2  christos 			      tlsoff (info, relocation),
   3746  1.1.1.2  christos 			      (got->contents + got_off + GOT_ENTRY_SIZE));
   3747  1.1.1.2  christos 			}
   3748      1.1  christos 		      else
   3749      1.1  christos 			{
   3750  1.1.1.2  christos 			  /* Dynamic resolved block offset.  */
   3751  1.1.1.2  christos 			  bfd_put_NN (output_bfd, 0,
   3752  1.1.1.2  christos 			      got->contents + got_off + GOT_ENTRY_SIZE);
   3753  1.1.1.2  christos 			  rela.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (indx,
   3754  1.1.1.2  christos 						R_LARCH_TLS_DTPRELNN);
   3755  1.1.1.2  christos 			  rela.r_offset += GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   3756      1.1  christos 			  loongarch_elf_append_rela (output_bfd, relgot, &rela);
   3757      1.1  christos 			}
   3758      1.1  christos 		    }
   3759      1.1  christos 		  else
   3760      1.1  christos 		    {
   3761  1.1.1.2  christos 		      /* In a static link or an executable link with the symbol
   3762  1.1.1.2  christos 			 binding locally.  Mark it as belonging to module 1.  */
   3763  1.1.1.2  christos 		      bfd_put_NN (output_bfd, 1, got->contents + got_off);
   3764  1.1.1.2  christos 		      bfd_put_NN (output_bfd, tlsoff (info, relocation),
   3765  1.1.1.2  christos 			  got->contents + got_off + GOT_ENTRY_SIZE);
   3766      1.1  christos 		    }
   3767      1.1  christos 		}
   3768  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GDESC)
   3769  1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   3770  1.1.1.2  christos 		  /* Unless it is a static link, DESC always emits a
   3771  1.1.1.2  christos 		     dynamic relocation.  */
   3772  1.1.1.2  christos 		  indx = h && h->dynindx != -1 ? h->dynindx : 0;
   3773  1.1.1.2  christos 		  rela.r_offset = sec_addr (got) + got_off + desc_off;
   3774  1.1.1.2  christos 		  rela.r_addend = 0;
   3775  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (indx == 0)
   3776  1.1.1.2  christos 		    rela.r_addend = tlsoff (info, relocation);
   3777  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3778  1.1.1.2  christos 		  rela.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (indx, R_LARCH_TLS_DESCNN);
   3779  1.1.1.2  christos 		  loongarch_elf_append_rela (output_bfd, relgot, &rela);
   3780  1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_put_NN (output_bfd, 0,
   3781  1.1.1.2  christos 			      got->contents + got_off + desc_off);
   3782  1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   3783      1.1  christos 	      if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
   3784      1.1  christos 		{
   3785  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (need_reloc)
   3786      1.1  christos 		    {
   3787  1.1.1.2  christos 		      bfd_put_NN (output_bfd, 0,
   3788  1.1.1.2  christos 			  got->contents + got_off + ie_off);
   3789  1.1.1.2  christos 		      rela.r_offset = sec_addr (got) + got_off + ie_off;
   3790  1.1.1.2  christos 		      rela.r_addend = 0;
   3791      1.1  christos 
   3792  1.1.1.2  christos 		      if (indx == 0)
   3793  1.1.1.2  christos 			rela.r_addend = tlsoff (info, relocation);
   3794  1.1.1.2  christos 		      rela.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (indx, R_LARCH_TLS_TPRELNN);
   3795  1.1.1.2  christos 		      loongarch_elf_append_rela (output_bfd, relgot, &rela);
   3796      1.1  christos 		    }
   3797      1.1  christos 		  else
   3798      1.1  christos 		    {
   3799  1.1.1.2  christos 		      /* In a static link or an executable link with the symbol
   3800  1.1.1.2  christos 			 bindinglocally, compute offset directly.  */
   3801  1.1.1.2  christos 		      bfd_put_NN (output_bfd, tlsoff (info, relocation),
   3802  1.1.1.2  christos 			  got->contents + got_off + ie_off);
   3803      1.1  christos 		    }
   3804      1.1  christos 		}
   3805      1.1  christos 	    }
   3806  1.1.1.2  christos 	  relocation = (got_off & (~(bfd_vma)1)) + sec_addr (got);
   3807  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (is_desc)
   3808  1.1.1.2  christos 	    relocation += desc_off;
   3809  1.1.1.2  christos 	  else if (is_ie)
   3810  1.1.1.2  christos 	    relocation += ie_off;
   3811      1.1  christos 
   3812      1.1  christos 	  if (r_type == R_LARCH_TLS_LD_PC_HI20
   3813      1.1  christos 	      || r_type == R_LARCH_TLS_GD_PC_HI20
   3814  1.1.1.2  christos 	      || r_type == R_LARCH_TLS_IE_PC_HI20
   3815  1.1.1.2  christos 	      || r_type == R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PC_HI20)
   3816      1.1  christos 	    RELOCATE_CALC_PC32_HI20 (relocation, pc);
   3817  1.1.1.2  christos 	  else if (r_type == R_LARCH_TLS_LD_PCREL20_S2
   3818  1.1.1.2  christos 	      || r_type == R_LARCH_TLS_GD_PCREL20_S2
   3819  1.1.1.2  christos 	      || r_type == R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PCREL20_S2)
   3820  1.1.1.2  christos 	    relocation -= pc;
   3821  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* else {} ABS relocations.  */
   3822  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   3823  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3824  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PC_LO12:
   3825  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC64_PC_LO20:
   3826  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC64_PC_HI12:
   3827  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_LO12:
   3828  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC64_LO20:
   3829  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC64_HI12:
   3830  1.1.1.2  christos 	  {
   3831  1.1.1.2  christos 	    unresolved_reloc = false;
   3832  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3833  1.1.1.2  christos 	    if (h)
   3834  1.1.1.2  christos 	      relocation = sec_addr (got) + (h->got.offset & (~(bfd_vma)1));
   3835  1.1.1.2  christos 	    else
   3836  1.1.1.2  christos 	      relocation = sec_addr (got)
   3837  1.1.1.2  christos 			   + (local_got_offsets[r_symndx] & (~(bfd_vma)1));
   3838  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3839  1.1.1.2  christos 	    tls_type = _bfd_loongarch_elf_tls_type (input_bfd, h, r_symndx);
   3840  1.1.1.2  christos 	    /* Use both TLS_GD and TLS_DESC.  */
   3841  1.1.1.2  christos 	    if (GOT_TLS_GD_BOTH_P (tls_type))
   3842  1.1.1.2  christos 	      relocation += 2 * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   3843  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3844  1.1.1.2  christos 	    if (r_type == R_LARCH_TLS_DESC64_PC_LO20)
   3845  1.1.1.2  christos 	      RELOCATE_CALC_PC64_HI32 (relocation, pc - 8);
   3846  1.1.1.2  christos 	    else if (r_type == R_LARCH_TLS_DESC64_PC_HI12)
   3847  1.1.1.2  christos 	      RELOCATE_CALC_PC64_HI32 (relocation, pc - 12);
   3848  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3849  1.1.1.2  christos 	    break;
   3850  1.1.1.2  christos 	  }
   3851      1.1  christos 
   3852  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_LD:
   3853  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_CALL:
   3854  1.1.1.2  christos 	  unresolved_reloc = false;
   3855      1.1  christos 	  break;
   3856      1.1  christos 
   3857      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_IE_PC_LO12:
   3858      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_IE64_PC_LO20:
   3859      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_IE64_PC_HI12:
   3860      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_IE_LO12:
   3861      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_IE64_LO20:
   3862      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_IE64_HI12:
   3863      1.1  christos 	  unresolved_reloc = false;
   3864      1.1  christos 
   3865      1.1  christos 	  if (h)
   3866  1.1.1.2  christos 	    relocation = sec_addr (got) + (h->got.offset & (~(bfd_vma)1));
   3867      1.1  christos 	  else
   3868      1.1  christos 	    relocation = sec_addr (got)
   3869  1.1.1.2  christos 	      + (local_got_offsets[r_symndx] & (~(bfd_vma)1));
   3870      1.1  christos 
   3871      1.1  christos 	  tls_type = _bfd_loongarch_elf_tls_type (input_bfd, h, r_symndx);
   3872  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Use TLS_GD TLS_DESC and TLS_IE.  */
   3873  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (GOT_TLS_GD_BOTH_P (tls_type) && (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE))
   3874  1.1.1.2  christos 	    relocation += 4 * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   3875  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Use GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (tls_type) and TLS_IE.  */
   3876  1.1.1.2  christos 	  else if (GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (tls_type) && (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE))
   3877      1.1  christos 	    relocation += 2 * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   3878      1.1  christos 
   3879  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (r_type == R_LARCH_TLS_IE64_PC_LO20)
   3880  1.1.1.2  christos 	    RELOCATE_CALC_PC64_HI32 (relocation, pc - 8);
   3881  1.1.1.2  christos 	  else if (r_type == R_LARCH_TLS_IE64_PC_HI12)
   3882  1.1.1.2  christos 	    RELOCATE_CALC_PC64_HI32 (relocation, pc - 12);
   3883      1.1  christos 
   3884      1.1  christos 	  break;
   3885      1.1  christos 
   3886      1.1  christos 	case R_LARCH_RELAX:
   3887  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_ALIGN:
   3888  1.1.1.2  christos 	  r = bfd_reloc_continue;
   3889  1.1.1.2  christos 	  unresolved_reloc = false;
   3890      1.1  christos 	  break;
   3891      1.1  christos 
   3892      1.1  christos 	default:
   3893      1.1  christos 	  break;
   3894      1.1  christos 	}
   3895      1.1  christos 
   3896      1.1  christos       if (fatal)
   3897      1.1  christos 	break;
   3898      1.1  christos 
   3899      1.1  christos       do
   3900      1.1  christos 	{
   3901      1.1  christos 	  /* 'unresolved_reloc' means we haven't done it yet.
   3902      1.1  christos 	     We need help of dynamic linker to fix this memory location up.  */
   3903      1.1  christos 	  if (!unresolved_reloc)
   3904      1.1  christos 	    break;
   3905      1.1  christos 
   3906      1.1  christos 	  if (_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
   3907      1.1  christos 				       rel->r_offset) == MINUS_ONE)
   3908      1.1  christos 	    /* WHY? May because it's invalid so skip checking.
   3909      1.1  christos 	       But why dynamic reloc a invalid section?  */
   3910      1.1  christos 	    break;
   3911      1.1  christos 
   3912      1.1  christos 	  if (input_section->output_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING)
   3913      1.1  christos 	    {
   3914      1.1  christos 	      fatal = (loongarch_reloc_is_fatal
   3915      1.1  christos 		       (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, howto,
   3916      1.1  christos 			bfd_reloc_dangerous, is_undefweak, name,
   3917      1.1  christos 			"Seems dynamic linker not process "
   3918      1.1  christos 			"sections 'SEC_DEBUGGING'."));
   3919      1.1  christos 	    }
   3920      1.1  christos 	  if (!is_dyn)
   3921      1.1  christos 	    break;
   3922      1.1  christos 
   3923      1.1  christos 	  if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
   3924      1.1  christos 	    if (input_section->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY)
   3925      1.1  christos 	      info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
   3926      1.1  christos 	}
   3927      1.1  christos       while (0);
   3928      1.1  christos 
   3929      1.1  christos       if (fatal)
   3930      1.1  christos 	break;
   3931      1.1  christos 
   3932      1.1  christos       loongarch_record_one_reloc (input_bfd, input_section, r_type,
   3933      1.1  christos 				  rel->r_offset, sym, h, rel->r_addend);
   3934      1.1  christos 
   3935      1.1  christos       if (r != bfd_reloc_continue)
   3936      1.1  christos 	r = perform_relocation (rel, input_section, howto, relocation,
   3937      1.1  christos 				input_bfd, contents);
   3938      1.1  christos 
   3939      1.1  christos       switch (r)
   3940      1.1  christos 	{
   3941      1.1  christos 	case bfd_reloc_dangerous:
   3942      1.1  christos 	case bfd_reloc_continue:
   3943      1.1  christos 	case bfd_reloc_ok:
   3944      1.1  christos 	  continue;
   3945      1.1  christos 
   3946      1.1  christos 	case bfd_reloc_overflow:
   3947      1.1  christos 	  /* Overflow value can't be filled in.  */
   3948      1.1  christos 	  loongarch_dump_reloc_record (info->callbacks->info);
   3949      1.1  christos 	  info->callbacks->reloc_overflow
   3950      1.1  christos 	    (info, h ? &h->root : NULL, name, howto->name, rel->r_addend,
   3951      1.1  christos 	     input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
   3952      1.1  christos 	  break;
   3953      1.1  christos 
   3954      1.1  christos 	case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
   3955      1.1  christos 	  /* Stack state incorrect.  */
   3956      1.1  christos 	  loongarch_dump_reloc_record (info->callbacks->info);
   3957      1.1  christos 	  info->callbacks->info
   3958      1.1  christos 	    ("%X%H: Internal stack state is incorrect.\n"
   3959      1.1  christos 	     "Want to push to full stack or pop from empty stack?\n",
   3960      1.1  christos 	     input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
   3961      1.1  christos 	  break;
   3962      1.1  christos 
   3963      1.1  christos 	case bfd_reloc_notsupported:
   3964      1.1  christos 	  info->callbacks->info ("%X%H: Unknown relocation type.\n", input_bfd,
   3965      1.1  christos 				 input_section, rel->r_offset);
   3966      1.1  christos 	  break;
   3967      1.1  christos 
   3968      1.1  christos 	default:
   3969      1.1  christos 	  info->callbacks->info ("%X%H: Internal: unknown error.\n", input_bfd,
   3970      1.1  christos 				 input_section, rel->r_offset);
   3971      1.1  christos 	  break;
   3972      1.1  christos 	}
   3973      1.1  christos 
   3974      1.1  christos       fatal = true;
   3975      1.1  christos     }
   3976      1.1  christos 
   3977      1.1  christos   return !fatal;
   3978      1.1  christos }
   3979      1.1  christos 
   3980  1.1.1.2  christos static bool
   3981  1.1.1.2  christos loongarch_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd,
   3982  1.1.1.2  christos 			  asection *sec,
   3983  1.1.1.2  christos 			  bfd_vma addr,
   3984  1.1.1.2  christos 			  size_t count,
   3985  1.1.1.2  christos 			  struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
   3986  1.1.1.2  christos {
   3987  1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned int i, symcount;
   3988  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_vma toaddr = sec->size;
   3989  1.1.1.2  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
   3990  1.1.1.2  christos   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
   3991  1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned int sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
   3992  1.1.1.2  christos   struct bfd_elf_section_data *data = elf_section_data (sec);
   3993  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_byte *contents = data->this_hdr.contents;
   3994  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3995  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Actually delete the bytes.  */
   3996  1.1.1.2  christos   sec->size -= count;
   3997  1.1.1.2  christos   memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count, toaddr - addr - count);
   3998  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3999  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Adjust the location of all of the relocs.  Note that we need not
   4000  1.1.1.2  christos      adjust the addends, since all PC-relative references must be against
   4001  1.1.1.2  christos      symbols, which we will adjust below.  */
   4002  1.1.1.2  christos   for (i = 0; i < sec->reloc_count; i++)
   4003  1.1.1.2  christos     if (data->relocs[i].r_offset > addr && data->relocs[i].r_offset < toaddr)
   4004  1.1.1.2  christos       data->relocs[i].r_offset -= count;
   4005  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4006  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section.  */
   4007  1.1.1.2  christos   for (i = 0; i < symtab_hdr->sh_info; i++)
   4008  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   4009  1.1.1.2  christos       Elf_Internal_Sym *sym = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents + i;
   4010  1.1.1.2  christos       if (sym->st_shndx == sec_shndx)
   4011  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   4012  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* If the symbol is in the range of memory we just moved, we
   4013  1.1.1.2  christos 	     have to adjust its value.  */
   4014  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (sym->st_value > addr && sym->st_value <= toaddr)
   4015  1.1.1.2  christos 	    sym->st_value -= count;
   4016  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4017  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* If the symbol *spans* the bytes we just deleted (i.e. its
   4018  1.1.1.2  christos 	     *end* is in the moved bytes but its *start* isn't), then we
   4019  1.1.1.2  christos 	     must adjust its size.
   4020  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4021  1.1.1.2  christos 	     This test needs to use the original value of st_value, otherwise
   4022  1.1.1.2  christos 	     we might accidentally decrease size when deleting bytes right
   4023  1.1.1.2  christos 	     before the symbol.  But since deleted relocs can't span across
   4024  1.1.1.2  christos 	     symbols, we can't have both a st_value and a st_size decrease,
   4025  1.1.1.2  christos 	     so it is simpler to just use an else.  */
   4026  1.1.1.2  christos 	  else if (sym->st_value <= addr
   4027  1.1.1.2  christos 		   && sym->st_value + sym->st_size > addr
   4028  1.1.1.2  christos 		   && sym->st_value + sym->st_size <= toaddr)
   4029  1.1.1.2  christos 	    sym->st_size -= count;
   4030  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   4031  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   4032  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4033  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section.  */
   4034  1.1.1.2  christos   symcount = ((symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (ElfNN_External_Sym))
   4035  1.1.1.2  christos 	      - symtab_hdr->sh_info);
   4036  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4037  1.1.1.2  christos   for (i = 0; i < symcount; i++)
   4038  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   4039  1.1.1.2  christos       struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = sym_hashes[i];
   4040  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4041  1.1.1.2  christos       /* The '--wrap SYMBOL' option is causing a pain when the object file,
   4042  1.1.1.2  christos 	 containing the definition of __wrap_SYMBOL, includes a direct
   4043  1.1.1.2  christos 	 call to SYMBOL as well. Since both __wrap_SYMBOL and SYMBOL reference
   4044  1.1.1.2  christos 	 the same symbol (which is __wrap_SYMBOL), but still exist as two
   4045  1.1.1.2  christos 	 different symbols in 'sym_hashes', we don't want to adjust
   4046  1.1.1.2  christos 	 the global symbol __wrap_SYMBOL twice.
   4047  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4048  1.1.1.2  christos 	 The same problem occurs with symbols that are versioned_hidden, as
   4049  1.1.1.2  christos 	 foo becomes an alias for foo@BAR, and hence they need the same
   4050  1.1.1.2  christos 	 treatment.  */
   4051  1.1.1.2  christos       if (link_info->wrap_hash != NULL
   4052  1.1.1.2  christos 	  || sym_hash->versioned != unversioned)
   4053  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   4054  1.1.1.2  christos 	  struct elf_link_hash_entry **cur_sym_hashes;
   4055  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4056  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Loop only over the symbols which have already been checked.  */
   4057  1.1.1.2  christos 	  for (cur_sym_hashes = sym_hashes; cur_sym_hashes < &sym_hashes[i];
   4058  1.1.1.2  christos 	       cur_sym_hashes++)
   4059  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   4060  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* If the current symbol is identical to 'sym_hash', that means
   4061  1.1.1.2  christos 		 the symbol was already adjusted (or at least checked).  */
   4062  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (*cur_sym_hashes == sym_hash)
   4063  1.1.1.2  christos 		break;
   4064  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   4065  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Don't adjust the symbol again.  */
   4066  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (cur_sym_hashes < &sym_hashes[i])
   4067  1.1.1.2  christos 	    continue;
   4068  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   4069  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4070  1.1.1.2  christos       if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   4071  1.1.1.2  christos 	   || sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
   4072  1.1.1.2  christos 	  && sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec)
   4073  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   4074  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* As above, adjust the value if needed.  */
   4075  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (sym_hash->root.u.def.value > addr
   4076  1.1.1.2  christos 	      && sym_hash->root.u.def.value <= toaddr)
   4077  1.1.1.2  christos 	    sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count;
   4078  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4079  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* As above, adjust the size if needed.  */
   4080  1.1.1.2  christos 	  else if (sym_hash->root.u.def.value <= addr
   4081  1.1.1.2  christos 		   && sym_hash->root.u.def.value + sym_hash->size > addr
   4082  1.1.1.2  christos 		   && sym_hash->root.u.def.value + sym_hash->size <= toaddr)
   4083  1.1.1.2  christos 	    sym_hash->size -= count;
   4084  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   4085  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   4086  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4087  1.1.1.2  christos   return true;
   4088  1.1.1.2  christos }
   4089  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4090  1.1.1.2  christos /* Start perform TLS type transition.
   4091  1.1.1.2  christos    Currently there are three cases of relocation handled here:
   4092  1.1.1.2  christos    DESC -> IE, DEC -> LE and IE -> LE.  */
   4093  1.1.1.2  christos static bool
   4094  1.1.1.2  christos loongarch_tls_perform_trans (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
   4095  1.1.1.2  christos 			   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
   4096  1.1.1.2  christos 			   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   4097  1.1.1.2  christos 			   struct bfd_link_info *info)
   4098  1.1.1.2  christos {
   4099  1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned long insn;
   4100  1.1.1.2  christos   bool local_exec = bfd_link_executable (info)
   4101  1.1.1.2  christos 		      && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h);
   4102  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_byte *contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
   4103  1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned long r_type = ELFNN_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   4104  1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned long r_symndx = ELFNN_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   4105  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4106  1.1.1.2  christos   switch (r_type)
   4107  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   4108  1.1.1.2  christos       case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PC_HI20:
   4109  1.1.1.2  christos 	if (local_exec)
   4110  1.1.1.2  christos 	  {
   4111  1.1.1.2  christos 	    /* DESC -> LE relaxation:
   4112  1.1.1.2  christos 	       pcalalau12i $a0,%desc_pc_hi20(var) =>
   4113  1.1.1.2  christos 	       lu12i.w $a0,%le_hi20(var)
   4114  1.1.1.2  christos 	    */
   4115  1.1.1.2  christos 	    bfd_put (32, abfd, LARCH_LU12I_W | LARCH_RD_A0,
   4116  1.1.1.2  christos 		contents + rel->r_offset);
   4117  1.1.1.2  christos 	    rel->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_LARCH_TLS_LE_HI20);
   4118  1.1.1.2  christos 	  }
   4119  1.1.1.2  christos 	else
   4120  1.1.1.2  christos 	  {
   4121  1.1.1.2  christos 	    /* DESC -> IE relaxation:
   4122  1.1.1.2  christos 	       pcalalau12i $a0,%desc_pc_hi20(var) =>
   4123  1.1.1.2  christos 	       pcalalau12i $a0,%ie_pc_hi20(var)
   4124  1.1.1.2  christos 	    */
   4125  1.1.1.2  christos 	    rel->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_LARCH_TLS_IE_PC_HI20);
   4126  1.1.1.2  christos 	  }
   4127  1.1.1.2  christos 	return true;
   4128  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4129  1.1.1.2  christos       case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PC_LO12:
   4130  1.1.1.2  christos 	if (local_exec)
   4131  1.1.1.2  christos 	  {
   4132  1.1.1.2  christos 	    /* DESC -> LE relaxation:
   4133  1.1.1.2  christos 	       addi.d $a0,$a0,%desc_pc_lo12(var) =>
   4134  1.1.1.2  christos 	       ori  $a0,$a0,le_lo12(var)
   4135  1.1.1.2  christos 	    */
   4136  1.1.1.2  christos 	    insn = LARCH_ORI | LARCH_RD_RJ_A0;
   4137  1.1.1.2  christos 	    bfd_put (32, abfd, LARCH_ORI | LARCH_RD_RJ_A0,
   4138  1.1.1.2  christos 		contents + rel->r_offset);
   4139  1.1.1.2  christos 	    rel->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_LARCH_TLS_LE_LO12);
   4140  1.1.1.2  christos 	  }
   4141  1.1.1.2  christos 	else
   4142  1.1.1.2  christos 	  {
   4143  1.1.1.2  christos 	    /* DESC -> IE relaxation:
   4144  1.1.1.2  christos 	       addi.d $a0,$a0,%desc_pc_lo12(var) =>
   4145  1.1.1.2  christos 	       ld.d $a0,$a0,%ie_pc_lo12(var)
   4146  1.1.1.2  christos 	    */
   4147  1.1.1.2  christos 	    bfd_put (32, abfd, LARCH_LD_D | LARCH_RD_RJ_A0,
   4148  1.1.1.2  christos 		contents + rel->r_offset);
   4149  1.1.1.2  christos 	    rel->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_LARCH_TLS_IE_PC_LO12);
   4150  1.1.1.2  christos 	  }
   4151  1.1.1.2  christos 	return true;
   4152  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4153  1.1.1.2  christos       case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_LD:
   4154  1.1.1.2  christos       case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_CALL:
   4155  1.1.1.2  christos 	/* DESC -> LE/IE relaxation:
   4156  1.1.1.2  christos 	   ld.d $ra,$a0,%desc_ld(var) => NOP
   4157  1.1.1.2  christos 	   jirl $ra,$ra,%desc_call(var) => NOP
   4158  1.1.1.2  christos 	*/
   4159  1.1.1.2  christos 	rel->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (0, R_LARCH_NONE);
   4160  1.1.1.2  christos 	bfd_put (32, abfd, LARCH_NOP, contents + rel->r_offset);
   4161  1.1.1.2  christos 	/* link with -relax option will delete NOP.  */
   4162  1.1.1.2  christos 	if (!info->disable_target_specific_optimizations)
   4163  1.1.1.2  christos 	  loongarch_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, rel->r_offset, 4, info);
   4164  1.1.1.2  christos 	return true;
   4165  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4166  1.1.1.2  christos       case R_LARCH_TLS_IE_PC_HI20:
   4167  1.1.1.2  christos 	if (local_exec)
   4168  1.1.1.2  christos 	  {
   4169  1.1.1.2  christos 	    /* IE -> LE relaxation:
   4170  1.1.1.2  christos 	       pcalalau12i $rd,%ie_pc_hi20(var) =>
   4171  1.1.1.2  christos 	       lu12i.w $rd,%le_hi20(var)
   4172  1.1.1.2  christos 	    */
   4173  1.1.1.2  christos 	    insn = bfd_getl32 (contents + rel->r_offset);
   4174  1.1.1.2  christos 	    bfd_put (32, abfd, LARCH_LU12I_W | (insn & 0x1f),
   4175  1.1.1.2  christos 		contents + rel->r_offset);
   4176  1.1.1.2  christos 	    rel->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_LARCH_TLS_LE_HI20);
   4177  1.1.1.2  christos 	  }
   4178  1.1.1.2  christos 	return true;
   4179  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4180  1.1.1.2  christos       case R_LARCH_TLS_IE_PC_LO12:
   4181  1.1.1.2  christos 	if (local_exec)
   4182  1.1.1.2  christos 	  {
   4183  1.1.1.2  christos 	    /* IE -> LE relaxation:
   4184  1.1.1.2  christos 	       ld.d $rd,$rj,%%ie_pc_lo12(var) =>
   4185  1.1.1.2  christos 	       ori  $rd,$rj,le_lo12(var)
   4186  1.1.1.2  christos 	    */
   4187  1.1.1.2  christos 	    insn = bfd_getl32 (contents + rel->r_offset);
   4188  1.1.1.2  christos 	    bfd_put (32, abfd, LARCH_ORI | (insn & 0x3ff),
   4189  1.1.1.2  christos 		contents + rel->r_offset);
   4190  1.1.1.2  christos 	    rel->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_LARCH_TLS_LE_LO12);
   4191  1.1.1.2  christos 	  }
   4192  1.1.1.2  christos 	return true;
   4193  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   4194  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4195  1.1.1.2  christos   return false;
   4196  1.1.1.2  christos }
   4197  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4198  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4199  1.1.1.2  christos /*  Relax tls le, mainly relax the process of getting TLS le symbolic addresses.
   4200  1.1.1.2  christos   there are three situations in which an assembly instruction sequence needs to
   4201  1.1.1.2  christos   be relaxed:
   4202  1.1.1.2  christos   symbol address = tp + offset (symbol),offset (symbol) = le_hi20_r + le_lo12_r
   4203  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4204  1.1.1.2  christos   Case 1:
   4205  1.1.1.2  christos   in this case, the rd register in the st.{w/d} instruction does not store the
   4206  1.1.1.2  christos   full tls symbolic address, but tp + le_hi20_r, which is a part of the tls
   4207  1.1.1.2  christos   symbolic address, and then obtains the rd + le_lo12_r address through the
   4208  1.1.1.2  christos   st.w instruction feature.
   4209  1.1.1.2  christos   this is the full tls symbolic address (tp + le_hi20_r + le_lo12_r).
   4210  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4211  1.1.1.2  christos   before relax:				after relax:
   4212  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4213  1.1.1.2  christos   lu12i.w   $rd,%le_hi20_r (sym)	==> (instruction deleted)
   4214  1.1.1.2  christos   add.{w/d} $rd,$rd,$tp,%le_add_r (sym) ==> (instruction deleted)
   4215  1.1.1.2  christos   st.{w/d}  $rs,$rd,%le_lo12_r (sym)    ==> st.{w/d}   $rs,$tp,%le_lo12_r (sym)
   4216  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4217  1.1.1.2  christos   Case 2:
   4218  1.1.1.2  christos   in this case, ld.{w/d} is similar to st.{w/d} in case1.
   4219  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4220  1.1.1.2  christos   before relax:				after relax:
   4221  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4222  1.1.1.2  christos   lu12i.w   $rd,%le_hi20_r (sym)	==> (instruction deleted)
   4223  1.1.1.2  christos   add.{w/d} $rd,$rd,$tp,%le_add_r (sym) ==> (instruction deleted)
   4224  1.1.1.2  christos   ld.{w/d}  $rs,$rd,%le_lo12_r (sym)    ==> ld.{w/d}   $rs,$tp,%le_lo12_r (sym)
   4225  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4226  1.1.1.2  christos   Case 3:
   4227  1.1.1.2  christos   in this case,the rs register in addi.{w/d} stores the full address of the tls
   4228  1.1.1.2  christos   symbol (tp + le_hi20_r + le_lo12_r).
   4229  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4230  1.1.1.2  christos   before relax:				after relax:
   4231  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4232  1.1.1.2  christos   lu12i.w    $rd,%le_hi20_r (sym)	 ==> (instruction deleted)
   4233  1.1.1.2  christos   add.{w/d}  $rd,$rd,$tp,%le_add_r (sym) ==> (instruction deleted)
   4234  1.1.1.2  christos   addi.{w/d} $rs,$rd,%le_lo12_r (sym)    ==> addi.{w/d} $rs,$tp,%le_lo12_r (sym)
   4235  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4236  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4237  1.1.1.2  christos   For relocation of all old LE instruction sequences, whether it is
   4238  1.1.1.2  christos   a normal code model or an extreme code model, relaxation will be
   4239  1.1.1.2  christos   performed when the relaxation conditions are met.
   4240  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4241  1.1.1.2  christos   nomal code model:
   4242  1.1.1.2  christos   lu12i.w   $rd,%le_hi20(sym)	    => (deleted)
   4243  1.1.1.2  christos   ori	    $rd,$rd,le_lo12(sym)    => ori  $rd,$zero,le_lo12(sym)
   4244  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4245  1.1.1.2  christos   extreme code model:
   4246  1.1.1.2  christos   lu12i.w   $rd,%le_hi20(sym)	    => (deleted)
   4247  1.1.1.2  christos   ori	    $rd,$rd,%le_lo12(sym)   => ori  $rd,$zero,le_lo12(sym)
   4248  1.1.1.2  christos   lu32i.d   $rd,%le64_lo20(sym)	    => (deleted)
   4249  1.1.1.2  christos   lu52i.d   $rd,$rd,%le64_hi12(sym) => (deleted)
   4250  1.1.1.2  christos */
   4251  1.1.1.2  christos static bool
   4252  1.1.1.2  christos loongarch_relax_tls_le (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
   4253  1.1.1.2  christos 			Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
   4254  1.1.1.2  christos 			struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
   4255  1.1.1.2  christos 			bfd_vma symval)
   4256  1.1.1.2  christos {
   4257  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_byte *contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
   4258  1.1.1.2  christos   uint32_t insn = bfd_get (32, abfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
   4259  1.1.1.2  christos   static uint32_t insn_rj,insn_rd;
   4260  1.1.1.2  christos   symval = symval - elf_hash_table (link_info)->tls_sec->vma;
   4261  1.1.1.2  christos   /* The old LE instruction sequence can be relaxed when the symbol offset
   4262  1.1.1.2  christos      is smaller than the 12-bit range.  */
   4263  1.1.1.2  christos   if (ELFNN_R_TYPE ((rel + 1)->r_info) == R_LARCH_RELAX && (symval <= 0xfff))
   4264  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   4265  1.1.1.2  christos       switch (ELFNN_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
   4266  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   4267  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /*if offset < 0x800, then perform the new le instruction
   4268  1.1.1.2  christos 	    sequence relax.  */
   4269  1.1.1.2  christos 	  case R_LARCH_TLS_LE_HI20_R:
   4270  1.1.1.2  christos 	  case R_LARCH_TLS_LE_ADD_R:
   4271  1.1.1.2  christos 	    /* delete insn.  */
   4272  1.1.1.2  christos 	    if (symval < 0x800)
   4273  1.1.1.2  christos 	      {
   4274  1.1.1.2  christos 		rel->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (0, R_LARCH_NONE);
   4275  1.1.1.2  christos 		loongarch_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, rel->r_offset,
   4276  1.1.1.2  christos 		    4, link_info);
   4277  1.1.1.2  christos 	      }
   4278  1.1.1.2  christos 	    break;
   4279  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4280  1.1.1.2  christos 	  case R_LARCH_TLS_LE_LO12_R:
   4281  1.1.1.2  christos 	    if (symval < 0x800)
   4282  1.1.1.2  christos 	      {
   4283  1.1.1.2  christos 		/* Change rj to $tp.  */
   4284  1.1.1.2  christos 		insn_rj = 0x2 << 5;
   4285  1.1.1.2  christos 		/* Get rd register.  */
   4286  1.1.1.2  christos 		insn_rd = insn & 0x1f;
   4287  1.1.1.2  christos 		/* Write symbol offset.  */
   4288  1.1.1.2  christos 		symval <<= 10;
   4289  1.1.1.2  christos 		/* Writes the modified instruction.  */
   4290  1.1.1.2  christos 		insn = insn & 0xffc00000;
   4291  1.1.1.2  christos 		insn = insn | symval | insn_rj | insn_rd;
   4292  1.1.1.2  christos 		bfd_put (32, abfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
   4293  1.1.1.2  christos 	      }
   4294  1.1.1.2  christos 	    break;
   4295  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4296  1.1.1.2  christos 	  case R_LARCH_TLS_LE_HI20:
   4297  1.1.1.2  christos 	  case R_LARCH_TLS_LE64_LO20:
   4298  1.1.1.2  christos 	  case R_LARCH_TLS_LE64_HI12:
   4299  1.1.1.2  christos 	    rel->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (0, R_LARCH_NONE);
   4300  1.1.1.2  christos 	    loongarch_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, rel->r_offset,
   4301  1.1.1.2  christos 					  4, link_info);
   4302  1.1.1.2  christos 	    break;
   4303  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4304  1.1.1.2  christos 	  case R_LARCH_TLS_LE_LO12:
   4305  1.1.1.2  christos 	    bfd_put (32, abfd, LARCH_ORI | (insn & 0x1f),
   4306  1.1.1.2  christos 		    contents + rel->r_offset);
   4307  1.1.1.2  christos 	    break;
   4308  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4309  1.1.1.2  christos 	  default:
   4310  1.1.1.2  christos 	    break;
   4311  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   4312  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   4313  1.1.1.2  christos   return true;
   4314  1.1.1.2  christos }
   4315  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4316  1.1.1.2  christos /* Relax pcalau12i,addi.d => pcaddi.  */
   4317  1.1.1.2  christos static bool
   4318  1.1.1.2  christos loongarch_relax_pcala_addi (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, asection *sym_sec,
   4319  1.1.1.2  christos 			    Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_hi, bfd_vma symval,
   4320  1.1.1.2  christos 			    struct bfd_link_info *info, bool *again,
   4321  1.1.1.2  christos 			    bfd_vma max_alignment)
   4322  1.1.1.2  christos {
   4323  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_byte *contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
   4324  1.1.1.2  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_lo = rel_hi + 2;
   4325  1.1.1.2  christos   uint32_t pca = bfd_get (32, abfd, contents + rel_hi->r_offset);
   4326  1.1.1.2  christos   uint32_t add = bfd_get (32, abfd, contents + rel_lo->r_offset);
   4327  1.1.1.2  christos   uint32_t rd = pca & 0x1f;
   4328  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4329  1.1.1.2  christos   /* This section's output_offset need to subtract the bytes of instructions
   4330  1.1.1.2  christos      relaxed by the previous sections, so it needs to be updated beforehand.
   4331  1.1.1.2  christos      size_input_section already took care of updating it after relaxation,
   4332  1.1.1.2  christos      so we additionally update once here.  */
   4333  1.1.1.2  christos   sec->output_offset = sec->output_section->size;
   4334  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_vma pc = sec_addr (sec) + rel_hi->r_offset;
   4335  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4336  1.1.1.2  christos   /* If pc and symbol not in the same segment, add/sub segment alignment.
   4337  1.1.1.2  christos      FIXME: if there are multiple readonly segments? How to determine if
   4338  1.1.1.2  christos      two sections are in the same segment.  */
   4339  1.1.1.2  christos   if (!(sym_sec->flags & SEC_READONLY))
   4340  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   4341  1.1.1.2  christos       max_alignment = info->maxpagesize > max_alignment ? info->maxpagesize
   4342  1.1.1.2  christos 							  : max_alignment;
   4343  1.1.1.2  christos       if (symval > pc)
   4344  1.1.1.2  christos 	pc -= max_alignment;
   4345  1.1.1.2  christos       else if (symval < pc)
   4346  1.1.1.2  christos 	pc += max_alignment;
   4347  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   4348  1.1.1.2  christos   else
   4349  1.1.1.2  christos     if (symval > pc)
   4350  1.1.1.2  christos       pc -= max_alignment;
   4351  1.1.1.2  christos     else if (symval < pc)
   4352  1.1.1.2  christos       pc += max_alignment;
   4353  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4354  1.1.1.2  christos   const uint32_t addi_d = 0x02c00000;
   4355  1.1.1.2  christos   const uint32_t pcaddi = 0x18000000;
   4356  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4357  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Is pcalau12i + addi.d insns?  */
   4358  1.1.1.2  christos   if ((ELFNN_R_TYPE (rel_lo->r_info) != R_LARCH_PCALA_LO12)
   4359  1.1.1.2  christos       || (ELFNN_R_TYPE ((rel_lo + 1)->r_info) != R_LARCH_RELAX)
   4360  1.1.1.2  christos       || (ELFNN_R_TYPE ((rel_hi + 1)->r_info) != R_LARCH_RELAX)
   4361  1.1.1.2  christos       || (rel_hi->r_offset + 4 != rel_lo->r_offset)
   4362  1.1.1.2  christos       || ((add & addi_d) != addi_d)
   4363  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Is pcalau12i $rd + addi.d $rd,$rd?  */
   4364  1.1.1.2  christos       || ((add & 0x1f) != rd)
   4365  1.1.1.2  christos       || (((add >> 5) & 0x1f) != rd)
   4366  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Can be relaxed to pcaddi?  */
   4367  1.1.1.2  christos       || (symval & 0x3) /* 4 bytes align.  */
   4368  1.1.1.2  christos       || ((bfd_signed_vma)(symval - pc) < (bfd_signed_vma)(int32_t)0xffe00000)
   4369  1.1.1.2  christos       || ((bfd_signed_vma)(symval - pc) > (bfd_signed_vma)(int32_t)0x1ffffc))
   4370  1.1.1.2  christos     return false;
   4371  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4372  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Continue next relax trip.  */
   4373  1.1.1.2  christos   *again = true;
   4374  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4375  1.1.1.2  christos   pca = pcaddi | rd;
   4376  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_put (32, abfd, pca, contents + rel_hi->r_offset);
   4377  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4378  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Adjust relocations.  */
   4379  1.1.1.2  christos   rel_hi->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (ELFNN_R_SYM (rel_hi->r_info),
   4380  1.1.1.2  christos 				 R_LARCH_PCREL20_S2);
   4381  1.1.1.2  christos   rel_lo->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (0, R_LARCH_NONE);
   4382  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4383  1.1.1.2  christos   loongarch_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, rel_lo->r_offset, 4, info);
   4384  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4385  1.1.1.2  christos   return true;
   4386  1.1.1.2  christos }
   4387  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4388  1.1.1.2  christos /* call36 f -> bl f
   4389  1.1.1.2  christos    tail36 $t0, f -> b f.  */
   4390  1.1.1.2  christos static bool
   4391  1.1.1.2  christos loongarch_relax_call36 (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
   4392  1.1.1.2  christos 			    Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, bfd_vma symval,
   4393  1.1.1.2  christos 			    struct bfd_link_info *info, bool *again,
   4394  1.1.1.2  christos 			    bfd_vma max_alignment)
   4395  1.1.1.2  christos {
   4396  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_byte *contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
   4397  1.1.1.2  christos   uint32_t jirl = bfd_get (32, abfd, contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
   4398  1.1.1.2  christos   uint32_t rd = jirl & 0x1f;
   4399  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4400  1.1.1.2  christos   /* This section's output_offset need to subtract the bytes of instructions
   4401  1.1.1.2  christos      relaxed by the previous sections, so it needs to be updated beforehand.
   4402  1.1.1.2  christos      size_input_section already took care of updating it after relaxation,
   4403  1.1.1.2  christos      so we additionally update once here.  */
   4404  1.1.1.2  christos   sec->output_offset = sec->output_section->size;
   4405  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_vma pc = sec_addr (sec) + rel->r_offset;
   4406  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4407  1.1.1.2  christos   /* If pc and symbol not in the same segment, add/sub segment alignment.
   4408  1.1.1.2  christos      FIXME: if there are multiple readonly segments? How to determine if
   4409  1.1.1.2  christos      two sections are in the same segment.  */
   4410  1.1.1.2  christos   if (symval > pc)
   4411  1.1.1.2  christos     pc -= (max_alignment > 4 ? max_alignment : 0);
   4412  1.1.1.2  christos   else if (symval < pc)
   4413  1.1.1.2  christos     pc += (max_alignment > 4 ? max_alignment : 0);
   4414  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4415  1.1.1.2  christos   const uint32_t jirl_opcode = 0x4c000000;
   4416  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4417  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Is pcalau12i + addi.d insns?  */
   4418  1.1.1.2  christos   if ((ELFNN_R_TYPE ((rel + 1)->r_info) != R_LARCH_RELAX)
   4419  1.1.1.2  christos       || ((jirl & jirl_opcode) != jirl_opcode)
   4420  1.1.1.2  christos       || ((bfd_signed_vma)(symval - pc) < (bfd_signed_vma)(int32_t)0xf8000000)
   4421  1.1.1.2  christos       || ((bfd_signed_vma)(symval - pc) > (bfd_signed_vma)(int32_t)0x7fffffc))
   4422  1.1.1.2  christos     return false;
   4423  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4424  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Continue next relax trip.  */
   4425  1.1.1.2  christos   *again = true;
   4426  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4427  1.1.1.2  christos   const uint32_t bl = 0x54000000;
   4428  1.1.1.2  christos   const uint32_t b = 0x50000000;
   4429  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4430  1.1.1.2  christos   if (rd)
   4431  1.1.1.2  christos     bfd_put (32, abfd, bl, contents + rel->r_offset);
   4432  1.1.1.2  christos   else
   4433  1.1.1.2  christos     bfd_put (32, abfd, b, contents + rel->r_offset);
   4434  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4435  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Adjust relocations.  */
   4436  1.1.1.2  christos   rel->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (ELFNN_R_SYM (rel->r_info), R_LARCH_B26);
   4437  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Delete jirl instruction.  */
   4438  1.1.1.2  christos   loongarch_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, rel->r_offset + 4, 4, info);
   4439  1.1.1.2  christos   return true;
   4440  1.1.1.2  christos }
   4441  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4442  1.1.1.2  christos /* Relax pcalau12i,ld.d => pcalau12i,addi.d.  */
   4443  1.1.1.2  christos static bool
   4444  1.1.1.2  christos loongarch_relax_pcala_ld (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
   4445  1.1.1.2  christos 		Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_hi)
   4446  1.1.1.2  christos {
   4447  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_byte *contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
   4448  1.1.1.2  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_lo = rel_hi + 2;
   4449  1.1.1.2  christos   uint32_t pca = bfd_get (32, abfd, contents + rel_hi->r_offset);
   4450  1.1.1.2  christos   uint32_t ld = bfd_get (32, abfd, contents + rel_lo->r_offset);
   4451  1.1.1.2  christos   uint32_t rd = pca & 0x1f;
   4452  1.1.1.2  christos   const uint32_t ld_d = 0x28c00000;
   4453  1.1.1.2  christos   uint32_t addi_d = 0x02c00000;
   4454  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4455  1.1.1.2  christos   if ((ELFNN_R_TYPE (rel_lo->r_info) != R_LARCH_GOT_PC_LO12)
   4456  1.1.1.2  christos       || (ELFNN_R_TYPE ((rel_lo + 1)->r_info) != R_LARCH_RELAX)
   4457  1.1.1.2  christos       || (ELFNN_R_TYPE ((rel_hi + 1)->r_info) != R_LARCH_RELAX)
   4458  1.1.1.2  christos       || (rel_hi->r_offset + 4 != rel_lo->r_offset)
   4459  1.1.1.2  christos       || ((ld & 0x1f) != rd)
   4460  1.1.1.2  christos       || (((ld >> 5) & 0x1f) != rd)
   4461  1.1.1.2  christos       || ((ld & ld_d) != ld_d))
   4462  1.1.1.2  christos     return false;
   4463  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4464  1.1.1.2  christos   addi_d = addi_d | (rd << 5) | rd;
   4465  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_put (32, abfd, addi_d, contents + rel_lo->r_offset);
   4466  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4467  1.1.1.2  christos   rel_hi->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (ELFNN_R_SYM (rel_hi->r_info),
   4468  1.1.1.2  christos 				 R_LARCH_PCALA_HI20);
   4469  1.1.1.2  christos   rel_lo->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (ELFNN_R_SYM (rel_lo->r_info),
   4470  1.1.1.2  christos 				 R_LARCH_PCALA_LO12);
   4471  1.1.1.2  christos   return true;
   4472  1.1.1.2  christos }
   4473  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4474  1.1.1.2  christos /* Called by after_allocation to set the information of data segment
   4475  1.1.1.2  christos    before relaxing.  */
   4476  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4477  1.1.1.2  christos void
   4478  1.1.1.2  christos bfd_elfNN_loongarch_set_data_segment_info (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   4479  1.1.1.2  christos 				     int *data_segment_phase)
   4480  1.1.1.2  christos {
   4481  1.1.1.2  christos   struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *htab = loongarch_elf_hash_table (info);
   4482  1.1.1.2  christos   htab->data_segment_phase = data_segment_phase;
   4483  1.1.1.2  christos }
   4484  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4485  1.1.1.2  christos /* Implement R_LARCH_ALIGN by deleting excess alignment NOPs.
   4486  1.1.1.2  christos    Once we've handled an R_LARCH_ALIGN, we can't relax anything else.  */
   4487  1.1.1.2  christos static bool
   4488  1.1.1.2  christos loongarch_relax_align (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
   4489  1.1.1.2  christos 			asection *sym_sec,
   4490  1.1.1.2  christos 			struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
   4491  1.1.1.2  christos 			Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
   4492  1.1.1.2  christos 			bfd_vma symval)
   4493  1.1.1.2  christos {
   4494  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_vma  addend, max = 0, alignment = 1;
   4495  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4496  1.1.1.2  christos   int sym_index = ELFNN_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   4497  1.1.1.2  christos   if (sym_index > 0)
   4498  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   4499  1.1.1.2  christos       alignment = 1 << (rel->r_addend & 0xff);
   4500  1.1.1.2  christos       max = rel->r_addend >> 8;
   4501  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   4502  1.1.1.2  christos   else
   4503  1.1.1.2  christos     alignment = rel->r_addend + 4;
   4504  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4505  1.1.1.2  christos   addend = alignment - 4; /* The bytes of NOPs added by R_LARCH_ALIGN.  */
   4506  1.1.1.2  christos   symval -= addend; /* The address of first NOP added by R_LARCH_ALIGN.  */
   4507  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_vma aligned_addr = ((symval - 1) & ~(alignment - 1)) + alignment;
   4508  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_vma need_nop_bytes = aligned_addr - symval; /* */
   4509  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4510  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Make sure there are enough NOPs to actually achieve the alignment.  */
   4511  1.1.1.2  christos   if (addend < need_nop_bytes)
   4512  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   4513  1.1.1.2  christos       _bfd_error_handler
   4514  1.1.1.2  christos 	(_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): %" PRId64 " bytes required for alignment "
   4515  1.1.1.2  christos 	   "to %" PRId64 "-byte boundary, but only %" PRId64 " present"),
   4516  1.1.1.2  christos 	 abfd, sym_sec, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
   4517  1.1.1.2  christos 	 (int64_t) need_nop_bytes, (int64_t) alignment, (int64_t) addend);
   4518  1.1.1.2  christos       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   4519  1.1.1.2  christos       return false;
   4520  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   4521  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4522  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Once we've handled an R_LARCH_ALIGN in a section,
   4523  1.1.1.2  christos      we can't relax anything else in this section.  */
   4524  1.1.1.2  christos   sec->sec_flg0 = true;
   4525  1.1.1.2  christos   rel->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (0, R_LARCH_NONE);
   4526  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4527  1.1.1.2  christos   /* If skipping more bytes than the specified maximum,
   4528  1.1.1.2  christos      then the alignment is not done at all and delete all NOPs.  */
   4529  1.1.1.2  christos   if (max > 0 && need_nop_bytes > max)
   4530  1.1.1.2  christos     return loongarch_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, rel->r_offset,
   4531  1.1.1.2  christos 					  addend, link_info);
   4532  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4533  1.1.1.2  christos   /* If the number of NOPs is already correct, there's nothing to do.  */
   4534  1.1.1.2  christos   if (need_nop_bytes == addend)
   4535  1.1.1.2  christos     return true;
   4536  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4537  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Delete the excess NOPs.  */
   4538  1.1.1.2  christos   return loongarch_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec,
   4539  1.1.1.2  christos 					rel->r_offset + need_nop_bytes,
   4540  1.1.1.2  christos 					addend - need_nop_bytes, link_info);
   4541  1.1.1.2  christos }
   4542  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4543  1.1.1.2  christos /* Relax pcalau12i + addi.d of TLS LD/GD/DESC to pcaddi.  */
   4544  1.1.1.2  christos static bool
   4545  1.1.1.2  christos loongarch_relax_tls_ld_gd_desc (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, asection *sym_sec,
   4546  1.1.1.2  christos 				Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_hi, bfd_vma symval,
   4547  1.1.1.2  christos 				struct bfd_link_info *info, bool *again,
   4548  1.1.1.2  christos 				bfd_vma max_alignment)
   4549  1.1.1.2  christos {
   4550  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_byte *contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
   4551  1.1.1.2  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_lo = rel_hi + 2;
   4552  1.1.1.2  christos   uint32_t pca = bfd_get (32, abfd, contents + rel_hi->r_offset);
   4553  1.1.1.2  christos   uint32_t add = bfd_get (32, abfd, contents + rel_lo->r_offset);
   4554  1.1.1.2  christos   uint32_t rd = pca & 0x1f;
   4555  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4556  1.1.1.2  christos   /* This section's output_offset need to subtract the bytes of instructions
   4557  1.1.1.2  christos      relaxed by the previous sections, so it needs to be updated beforehand.
   4558  1.1.1.2  christos      size_input_section already took care of updating it after relaxation,
   4559  1.1.1.2  christos      so we additionally update once here.  */
   4560  1.1.1.2  christos   sec->output_offset = sec->output_section->size;
   4561  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_vma pc = sec_addr (sec) + rel_hi->r_offset;
   4562  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4563  1.1.1.2  christos   /* If pc and symbol not in the same segment, add/sub segment alignment.
   4564  1.1.1.2  christos      FIXME: if there are multiple readonly segments?  */
   4565  1.1.1.2  christos   if (!(sym_sec->flags & SEC_READONLY))
   4566  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   4567  1.1.1.2  christos       max_alignment = info->maxpagesize > max_alignment ? info->maxpagesize
   4568  1.1.1.2  christos 							  : max_alignment;
   4569  1.1.1.2  christos       if (symval > pc)
   4570  1.1.1.2  christos 	pc -= max_alignment;
   4571  1.1.1.2  christos       else if (symval < pc)
   4572  1.1.1.2  christos 	pc += max_alignment;
   4573  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   4574  1.1.1.2  christos   else
   4575  1.1.1.2  christos     if (symval > pc)
   4576  1.1.1.2  christos       pc -= max_alignment;
   4577  1.1.1.2  christos     else if (symval < pc)
   4578  1.1.1.2  christos       pc += max_alignment;
   4579  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4580  1.1.1.2  christos   const uint32_t addi_d = 0x02c00000;
   4581  1.1.1.2  christos   const uint32_t pcaddi = 0x18000000;
   4582  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4583  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Is pcalau12i + addi.d insns?  */
   4584  1.1.1.2  christos   if ((ELFNN_R_TYPE (rel_lo->r_info) != R_LARCH_GOT_PC_LO12
   4585  1.1.1.2  christos 	&& ELFNN_R_TYPE (rel_lo->r_info) != R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PC_LO12)
   4586  1.1.1.2  christos       || (ELFNN_R_TYPE ((rel_lo + 1)->r_info) != R_LARCH_RELAX)
   4587  1.1.1.2  christos       || (ELFNN_R_TYPE ((rel_hi + 1)->r_info) != R_LARCH_RELAX)
   4588  1.1.1.2  christos       || (rel_hi->r_offset + 4 != rel_lo->r_offset)
   4589  1.1.1.2  christos       || ((add & addi_d) != addi_d)
   4590  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Is pcalau12i $rd + addi.d $rd,$rd?  */
   4591  1.1.1.2  christos       || ((add & 0x1f) != rd)
   4592  1.1.1.2  christos       || (((add >> 5) & 0x1f) != rd)
   4593  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Can be relaxed to pcaddi?  */
   4594  1.1.1.2  christos       || (symval & 0x3) /* 4 bytes align.  */
   4595  1.1.1.2  christos       || ((bfd_signed_vma)(symval - pc) < (bfd_signed_vma)(int32_t)0xffe00000)
   4596  1.1.1.2  christos       || ((bfd_signed_vma)(symval - pc) > (bfd_signed_vma)(int32_t)0x1ffffc))
   4597  1.1.1.2  christos     return false;
   4598  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4599  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Continue next relax trip.  */
   4600  1.1.1.2  christos   *again = true;
   4601  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4602  1.1.1.2  christos   pca = pcaddi | rd;
   4603  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_put (32, abfd, pca, contents + rel_hi->r_offset);
   4604  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4605  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Adjust relocations.  */
   4606  1.1.1.2  christos   switch (ELFNN_R_TYPE (rel_hi->r_info))
   4607  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   4608  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_LD_PC_HI20:
   4609  1.1.1.2  christos       rel_hi->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (ELFNN_R_SYM (rel_hi->r_info),
   4610  1.1.1.2  christos 				      R_LARCH_TLS_LD_PCREL20_S2);
   4611  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   4612  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_GD_PC_HI20:
   4613  1.1.1.2  christos       rel_hi->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (ELFNN_R_SYM (rel_hi->r_info),
   4614  1.1.1.2  christos 				      R_LARCH_TLS_GD_PCREL20_S2);
   4615  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   4616  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PC_HI20:
   4617  1.1.1.2  christos       rel_hi->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (ELFNN_R_SYM (rel_hi->r_info),
   4618  1.1.1.2  christos 				      R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PCREL20_S2);
   4619  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   4620  1.1.1.2  christos     default:
   4621  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   4622  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   4623  1.1.1.2  christos   rel_lo->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (0, R_LARCH_NONE);
   4624  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4625  1.1.1.2  christos   loongarch_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, rel_lo->r_offset, 4, info);
   4626  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4627  1.1.1.2  christos   return true;
   4628  1.1.1.2  christos }
   4629  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4630  1.1.1.2  christos /* Traverse all output sections and return the max alignment.  */
   4631  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4632  1.1.1.2  christos static bfd_vma
   4633  1.1.1.2  christos loongarch_get_max_alignment (asection *sec)
   4634  1.1.1.2  christos {
   4635  1.1.1.2  christos   asection *o;
   4636  1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned int max_alignment_power = 0;
   4637  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4638  1.1.1.2  christos   for (o = sec->output_section->owner->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
   4639  1.1.1.2  christos       if (o->alignment_power > max_alignment_power)
   4640  1.1.1.2  christos 	max_alignment_power = o->alignment_power;
   4641  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4642  1.1.1.2  christos   return (bfd_vma) 1 << max_alignment_power;
   4643  1.1.1.2  christos }
   4644  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4645  1.1.1.2  christos static bool
   4646  1.1.1.2  christos loongarch_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
   4647  1.1.1.2  christos 			       struct bfd_link_info *info,
   4648  1.1.1.2  christos 			       bool *again)
   4649  1.1.1.2  christos {
   4650  1.1.1.2  christos   struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *htab = loongarch_elf_hash_table (info);
   4651  1.1.1.2  christos   struct bfd_elf_section_data *data = elf_section_data (sec);
   4652  1.1.1.2  christos   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
   4653  1.1.1.2  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs;
   4654  1.1.1.2  christos   *again = false;
   4655  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_vma max_alignment = 0;
   4656  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4657  1.1.1.2  christos   if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)
   4658  1.1.1.2  christos       || sec->sec_flg0
   4659  1.1.1.2  christos       || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
   4660  1.1.1.2  christos       || sec->reloc_count == 0
   4661  1.1.1.2  christos       || (info->disable_target_specific_optimizations
   4662  1.1.1.2  christos 	  && info->relax_pass == 0)
   4663  1.1.1.2  christos       /* The exp_seg_relro_adjust is enum phase_enum (0x4),
   4664  1.1.1.2  christos 	 and defined in ld/ldexp.h.  */
   4665  1.1.1.2  christos       || *(htab->data_segment_phase) == 4)
   4666  1.1.1.2  christos     return true;
   4667  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4668  1.1.1.2  christos   if (data->relocs)
   4669  1.1.1.2  christos     relocs = data->relocs;
   4670  1.1.1.2  christos   else if (!(relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
   4671  1.1.1.2  christos 						 info->keep_memory)))
   4672  1.1.1.2  christos     return true;
   4673  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4674  1.1.1.2  christos   if (!data->this_hdr.contents
   4675  1.1.1.2  christos       && !bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &data->this_hdr.contents))
   4676  1.1.1.2  christos     return true;
   4677  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4678  1.1.1.2  christos   if (symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0
   4679  1.1.1.2  christos       && !symtab_hdr->contents
   4680  1.1.1.2  christos       && !(symtab_hdr->contents =
   4681  1.1.1.2  christos 	   (unsigned char *) bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
   4682  1.1.1.2  christos 						   symtab_hdr->sh_info,
   4683  1.1.1.2  christos 						   0, NULL, NULL, NULL)))
   4684  1.1.1.2  christos     return true;
   4685  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4686  1.1.1.2  christos   data->relocs = relocs;
   4687  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4688  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Estimate the maximum alignment for all output sections once time
   4689  1.1.1.2  christos      should be enough.  */
   4690  1.1.1.2  christos   max_alignment = htab->max_alignment;
   4691  1.1.1.2  christos   if (max_alignment == (bfd_vma) -1)
   4692  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   4693  1.1.1.2  christos       max_alignment = loongarch_get_max_alignment (sec);
   4694  1.1.1.2  christos       htab->max_alignment = max_alignment;
   4695  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   4696  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4697  1.1.1.2  christos   for (unsigned int i = 0; i < sec->reloc_count; i++)
   4698  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   4699  1.1.1.2  christos       char symtype;
   4700  1.1.1.2  christos       bfd_vma symval;
   4701  1.1.1.2  christos       asection *sym_sec;
   4702  1.1.1.2  christos       bool local_got = false;
   4703  1.1.1.2  christos       Elf_Internal_Rela *rel = relocs + i;
   4704  1.1.1.2  christos       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
   4705  1.1.1.2  christos       unsigned long r_type = ELFNN_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   4706  1.1.1.2  christos       unsigned long r_symndx = ELFNN_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   4707  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4708  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Four kind of relocations:
   4709  1.1.1.2  christos 	 Normal: symval is the symbol address.
   4710  1.1.1.2  christos 	 R_LARCH_ALIGN: symval is the address of the last NOP instruction
   4711  1.1.1.2  christos 	 added by this relocation, and then adds 4 more.
   4712  1.1.1.2  christos 	 R_LARCH_CALL36: symval is the symbol address for local symbols,
   4713  1.1.1.2  christos 	 or the PLT entry address of the symbol. (Todo)
   4714  1.1.1.2  christos 	 R_LARCHL_TLS_LD/GD/DESC_PC_HI20: symval is the GOT entry address
   4715  1.1.1.2  christos 	 of the symbol if transition is not possible.  */
   4716  1.1.1.2  christos       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   4717  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   4718  1.1.1.2  christos 	  Elf_Internal_Sym *sym = (Elf_Internal_Sym *)symtab_hdr->contents
   4719  1.1.1.2  christos 				    + r_symndx;
   4720  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
   4721  1.1.1.2  christos 	    continue;
   4722  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4723  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Only TLS instruction sequences that are accompanied by
   4724  1.1.1.2  christos 	     R_LARCH_RELAX and cannot perform type transition can be
   4725  1.1.1.2  christos 	     relaxed.  */
   4726  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (R_LARCH_TLS_LD_PC_HI20 == r_type
   4727  1.1.1.2  christos 	      || R_LARCH_TLS_GD_PC_HI20 == r_type
   4728  1.1.1.2  christos 	      || (R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PC_HI20 == r_type
   4729  1.1.1.2  christos 		  && (i + 1 != sec->reloc_count)
   4730  1.1.1.2  christos 		  && ELFNN_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_LARCH_RELAX
   4731  1.1.1.2  christos 		  && ! loongarch_can_trans_tls (abfd, info, h,
   4732  1.1.1.2  christos 						  r_symndx, r_type)))
   4733  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   4734  1.1.1.2  christos 	      sym_sec = htab->elf.sgot;
   4735  1.1.1.2  christos 	      symval = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd)[r_symndx];
   4736  1.1.1.2  christos 	      char tls_type = _bfd_loongarch_elf_tls_type (abfd, h,
   4737  1.1.1.2  christos 							    r_symndx);
   4738  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PC_HI20 == r_type
   4739  1.1.1.2  christos 		    && GOT_TLS_GD_BOTH_P (tls_type))
   4740  1.1.1.2  christos 		symval += 2 * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   4741  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   4742  1.1.1.2  christos 	  else if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF || R_LARCH_ALIGN == r_type)
   4743  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   4744  1.1.1.2  christos 	      sym_sec = sec;
   4745  1.1.1.2  christos 	      symval = rel->r_offset;
   4746  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   4747  1.1.1.2  christos 	  else
   4748  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   4749  1.1.1.2  christos 	      sym_sec = elf_elfsections (abfd)[sym->st_shndx]->bfd_section;
   4750  1.1.1.2  christos 	      symval = sym->st_value;
   4751  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   4752  1.1.1.2  christos 	  symtype = ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info);
   4753  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   4754  1.1.1.2  christos       else
   4755  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   4756  1.1.1.2  christos 	  r_symndx = ELFNN_R_SYM (rel->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   4757  1.1.1.2  christos 	  h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[r_symndx];
   4758  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4759  1.1.1.2  christos 	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   4760  1.1.1.2  christos 		 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   4761  1.1.1.2  christos 	    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
   4762  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4763  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Disable the relaxation for ifunc.  */
   4764  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (h != NULL && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
   4765  1.1.1.2  christos 	    continue;
   4766  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4767  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* The GOT entry of tls symbols must in current execute file or
   4768  1.1.1.2  christos 	     shared object.  */
   4769  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (R_LARCH_TLS_LD_PC_HI20 == r_type
   4770  1.1.1.2  christos 	      || R_LARCH_TLS_GD_PC_HI20 == r_type
   4771  1.1.1.2  christos 	      || (R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PC_HI20 == r_type
   4772  1.1.1.2  christos 		  && (i + 1 != sec->reloc_count)
   4773  1.1.1.2  christos 		  && ELFNN_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_LARCH_RELAX
   4774  1.1.1.2  christos 		  && !loongarch_can_trans_tls (abfd, info, h,
   4775  1.1.1.2  christos 						r_symndx, r_type)))
   4776  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   4777  1.1.1.2  christos 	      sym_sec = htab->elf.sgot;
   4778  1.1.1.2  christos 	      symval = h->got.offset;
   4779  1.1.1.2  christos 	      char tls_type = _bfd_loongarch_elf_tls_type (abfd, h,
   4780  1.1.1.2  christos 							    r_symndx);
   4781  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PC_HI20 == r_type
   4782  1.1.1.2  christos 		    && GOT_TLS_GD_BOTH_P (tls_type))
   4783  1.1.1.2  christos 		symval += 2 * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   4784  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   4785  1.1.1.2  christos 	  else if ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   4786  1.1.1.2  christos 		  || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
   4787  1.1.1.2  christos 		&& h->root.u.def.section != NULL
   4788  1.1.1.2  christos 		&& h->root.u.def.section->output_section != NULL)
   4789  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   4790  1.1.1.2  christos 	      symval = h->root.u.def.value;
   4791  1.1.1.2  christos 	      sym_sec = h->root.u.def.section;
   4792  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   4793  1.1.1.2  christos 	  else
   4794  1.1.1.2  christos 	    continue;
   4795  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4796  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (h && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
   4797  1.1.1.2  christos 	    local_got = true;
   4798  1.1.1.2  christos 	  symtype = h->type;
   4799  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   4800  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4801  1.1.1.2  christos       if (sym_sec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
   4802  1.1.1.2  christos 	   && (sym_sec->flags & SEC_MERGE))
   4803  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   4804  1.1.1.2  christos 	   if (symtype == STT_SECTION)
   4805  1.1.1.2  christos 	     symval += rel->r_addend;
   4806  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4807  1.1.1.2  christos 	   symval = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, &sym_sec,
   4808  1.1.1.2  christos 				elf_section_data (sym_sec)->sec_info,
   4809  1.1.1.2  christos 				symval);
   4810  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4811  1.1.1.2  christos 	   if (symtype != STT_SECTION)
   4812  1.1.1.2  christos 	     symval += rel->r_addend;
   4813  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   4814  1.1.1.2  christos       /* For R_LARCH_ALIGN, symval is sec_addr (sec) + rel->r_offset
   4815  1.1.1.2  christos 	 + (alingmeng - 4).
   4816  1.1.1.2  christos 	 If r_symndx is 0, alignmeng-4 is r_addend.
   4817  1.1.1.2  christos 	 If r_symndx > 0, alignment-4 is 2^(r_addend & 0xff)-4.  */
   4818  1.1.1.2  christos       else if (R_LARCH_ALIGN == r_type)
   4819  1.1.1.2  christos 	if (r_symndx > 0)
   4820  1.1.1.2  christos 	  symval += ((1 << (rel->r_addend & 0xff)) - 4);
   4821  1.1.1.2  christos 	else
   4822  1.1.1.2  christos 	  symval += rel->r_addend;
   4823  1.1.1.2  christos       else
   4824  1.1.1.2  christos 	symval += rel->r_addend;
   4825  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4826  1.1.1.2  christos       symval += sec_addr (sym_sec);
   4827  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4828  1.1.1.2  christos       /* If the conditions for tls type transition are met, type
   4829  1.1.1.2  christos 	 transition is performed instead of relax.
   4830  1.1.1.2  christos 	 During the transition from DESC->IE/LE, there are 2 situations
   4831  1.1.1.2  christos 	 depending on the different configurations of the relax/norelax
   4832  1.1.1.2  christos 	 option.
   4833  1.1.1.2  christos 	 If the -relax option is used, the extra nops will be removed,
   4834  1.1.1.2  christos 	 and this transition is performed in pass 0.
   4835  1.1.1.2  christos 	 If the --no-relax option is used, nop will be retained, and
   4836  1.1.1.2  christos 	 this transition is performed in pass 1.  */
   4837  1.1.1.2  christos       if (IS_LOONGARCH_TLS_TRANS_RELOC (r_type)
   4838  1.1.1.2  christos 	  && (i + 1 != sec->reloc_count)
   4839  1.1.1.2  christos 	  && ELFNN_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_LARCH_RELAX
   4840  1.1.1.2  christos 	  && loongarch_can_trans_tls (abfd, info, h, r_symndx, r_type))
   4841  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   4842  1.1.1.2  christos 	  loongarch_tls_perform_trans (abfd, sec, rel, h, info);
   4843  1.1.1.2  christos 	  r_type = ELFNN_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   4844  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   4845  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4846  1.1.1.2  christos       switch (r_type)
   4847  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   4848  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_ALIGN:
   4849  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (1 == info->relax_pass)
   4850  1.1.1.2  christos 	    loongarch_relax_align (abfd, sec, sym_sec, info, rel, symval);
   4851  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   4852  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4853  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_DELETE:
   4854  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (1 == info->relax_pass)
   4855  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   4856  1.1.1.2  christos 	      loongarch_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, rel->r_offset, 4, info);
   4857  1.1.1.2  christos 	      rel->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (0, R_LARCH_NONE);
   4858  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   4859  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   4860  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_CALL36:
   4861  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (0 == info->relax_pass && (i + 2) <= sec->reloc_count)
   4862  1.1.1.2  christos 	    loongarch_relax_call36 (abfd, sec, rel, symval, info, again,
   4863  1.1.1.2  christos 				    max_alignment);
   4864  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   4865  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4866  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_LE_HI20_R:
   4867  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_LE_LO12_R:
   4868  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_LE_ADD_R:
   4869  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_LE_HI20:
   4870  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_LE_LO12:
   4871  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_LE64_LO20:
   4872  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_LE64_HI12:
   4873  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (0 == info->relax_pass && (i + 2) <= sec->reloc_count)
   4874  1.1.1.2  christos 	    loongarch_relax_tls_le (abfd, sec, rel, info, symval);
   4875  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   4876  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4877  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_PCALA_HI20:
   4878  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (0 == info->relax_pass && (i + 4) <= sec->reloc_count)
   4879  1.1.1.2  christos 	    loongarch_relax_pcala_addi (abfd, sec, sym_sec, rel, symval,
   4880  1.1.1.2  christos 					info, again, max_alignment);
   4881  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   4882  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4883  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_GOT_PC_HI20:
   4884  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (local_got && 0 == info->relax_pass
   4885  1.1.1.2  christos 	      && (i + 4) <= sec->reloc_count)
   4886  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   4887  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (loongarch_relax_pcala_ld (abfd, sec, rel))
   4888  1.1.1.2  christos 		loongarch_relax_pcala_addi (abfd, sec, sym_sec, rel, symval,
   4889  1.1.1.2  christos 					    info, again, max_alignment);
   4890  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   4891  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   4892  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4893  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_LD_PC_HI20:
   4894  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_GD_PC_HI20:
   4895  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_LARCH_TLS_DESC_PC_HI20:
   4896  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (0 == info->relax_pass && (i + 4) <= sec->reloc_count)
   4897  1.1.1.2  christos 	    loongarch_relax_tls_ld_gd_desc (abfd, sec, sym_sec, rel, symval,
   4898  1.1.1.2  christos 					    info, again, max_alignment);
   4899  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   4900  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4901  1.1.1.2  christos 	default:
   4902  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   4903  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   4904  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   4905  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4906  1.1.1.2  christos   return true;
   4907  1.1.1.2  christos }
   4908  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4909      1.1  christos /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of various
   4910      1.1  christos    dynamic sections here.  */
   4911      1.1  christos 
   4912      1.1  christos static bool
   4913      1.1  christos loongarch_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
   4914      1.1  christos 				     struct bfd_link_info *info,
   4915      1.1  christos 				     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   4916      1.1  christos 				     Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
   4917      1.1  christos {
   4918      1.1  christos   struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *htab = loongarch_elf_hash_table (info);
   4919      1.1  christos   const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
   4920      1.1  christos 
   4921      1.1  christos   if (h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
   4922      1.1  christos     {
   4923      1.1  christos       size_t i, plt_idx;
   4924      1.1  christos       asection *plt, *gotplt, *relplt;
   4925      1.1  christos       bfd_vma got_address;
   4926      1.1  christos       uint32_t plt_entry[PLT_ENTRY_INSNS];
   4927      1.1  christos       bfd_byte *loc;
   4928      1.1  christos       Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   4929      1.1  christos 
   4930      1.1  christos       if (htab->elf.splt)
   4931      1.1  christos 	{
   4932      1.1  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT ((h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
   4933      1.1  christos 		       && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
   4934      1.1  christos 		      || h->dynindx != -1);
   4935      1.1  christos 
   4936      1.1  christos 	  plt = htab->elf.splt;
   4937      1.1  christos 	  gotplt = htab->elf.sgotplt;
   4938      1.1  christos 	  if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
   4939      1.1  christos 	    relplt = htab->elf.srelgot;
   4940      1.1  christos 	  else
   4941      1.1  christos 	    relplt = htab->elf.srelplt;
   4942      1.1  christos 	  plt_idx = (h->plt.offset - PLT_HEADER_SIZE) / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   4943      1.1  christos 	  got_address =
   4944      1.1  christos 	    sec_addr (gotplt) + GOTPLT_HEADER_SIZE + plt_idx * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   4945      1.1  christos 	}
   4946      1.1  christos       else /* if (htab->elf.iplt) */
   4947      1.1  christos 	{
   4948      1.1  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
   4949      1.1  christos 		      && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h));
   4950      1.1  christos 
   4951      1.1  christos 	  plt = htab->elf.iplt;
   4952      1.1  christos 	  gotplt = htab->elf.igotplt;
   4953      1.1  christos 	  relplt = htab->elf.irelplt;
   4954      1.1  christos 	  plt_idx = h->plt.offset / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   4955      1.1  christos 	  got_address = sec_addr (gotplt) + plt_idx * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   4956      1.1  christos 	}
   4957      1.1  christos 
   4958      1.1  christos       /* Find out where the .plt entry should go.  */
   4959      1.1  christos       loc = plt->contents + h->plt.offset;
   4960      1.1  christos 
   4961      1.1  christos       /* Fill in the PLT entry itself.  */
   4962      1.1  christos       if (!loongarch_make_plt_entry (got_address,
   4963      1.1  christos 				     sec_addr (plt) + h->plt.offset,
   4964      1.1  christos 				     plt_entry))
   4965      1.1  christos 	return false;
   4966      1.1  christos 
   4967      1.1  christos       for (i = 0; i < PLT_ENTRY_INSNS; i++)
   4968      1.1  christos 	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[i], loc + 4 * i);
   4969      1.1  christos 
   4970      1.1  christos       /* Fill in the initial value of the got.plt entry.  */
   4971      1.1  christos       loc = gotplt->contents + (got_address - sec_addr (gotplt));
   4972      1.1  christos       bfd_put_NN (output_bfd, sec_addr (plt), loc);
   4973      1.1  christos 
   4974      1.1  christos       rela.r_offset = got_address;
   4975      1.1  christos 
   4976      1.1  christos       /* TRUE if this is a PLT reference to a local IFUNC.  */
   4977      1.1  christos       if (PLT_LOCAL_IFUNC_P (info, h)
   4978      1.1  christos 	  && (relplt == htab->elf.srelgot
   4979      1.1  christos 	      || relplt == htab->elf.irelplt))
   4980      1.1  christos 	{
   4981      1.1  christos 	  rela.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (0, R_LARCH_IRELATIVE);
   4982      1.1  christos 	  rela.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
   4983      1.1  christos 			       + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
   4984      1.1  christos 			       + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
   4985      1.1  christos 
   4986  1.1.1.2  christos 	  loongarch_elf_append_rela (output_bfd, relplt, &rela);
   4987      1.1  christos 	}
   4988      1.1  christos       else
   4989      1.1  christos 	{
   4990      1.1  christos 	  /* Fill in the entry in the rela.plt section.  */
   4991      1.1  christos 	  rela.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_LARCH_JUMP_SLOT);
   4992      1.1  christos 	  rela.r_addend = 0;
   4993      1.1  christos 	  loc = relplt->contents + plt_idx * sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
   4994      1.1  christos 	  bed->s->swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   4995      1.1  christos 	}
   4996      1.1  christos 
   4997      1.1  christos       if (!h->def_regular)
   4998      1.1  christos 	{
   4999      1.1  christos 	  /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
   5000      1.1  christos 	     the .plt section.  Leave the value alone.  */
   5001      1.1  christos 	  sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
   5002      1.1  christos 	  /* If the symbol is weak, we do need to clear the value.
   5003      1.1  christos 	     Otherwise, the PLT entry would provide a definition for
   5004      1.1  christos 	     the symbol even if the symbol wasn't defined anywhere,
   5005      1.1  christos 	     and so the symbol would never be NULL.  */
   5006      1.1  christos 	  if (!h->ref_regular_nonweak)
   5007      1.1  christos 	    sym->st_value = 0;
   5008      1.1  christos 	}
   5009      1.1  christos     }
   5010      1.1  christos 
   5011      1.1  christos   if (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE
   5012      1.1  christos       /* TLS got entry have been handled in elf_relocate_section.  */
   5013  1.1.1.2  christos       && !(loongarch_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_type
   5014  1.1.1.2  christos 	   & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_IE | GOT_TLS_GDESC))
   5015      1.1  christos       /* Have allocated got entry but not allocated rela before.  */
   5016      1.1  christos       && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
   5017      1.1  christos     {
   5018      1.1  christos       asection *sgot, *srela;
   5019      1.1  christos       Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   5020      1.1  christos       bfd_vma off = h->got.offset & ~(bfd_vma)1;
   5021      1.1  christos 
   5022      1.1  christos       /* This symbol has an entry in the GOT.  Set it up.  */
   5023      1.1  christos       sgot = htab->elf.sgot;
   5024      1.1  christos       srela = htab->elf.srelgot;
   5025      1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (sgot && srela);
   5026      1.1  christos 
   5027      1.1  christos       rela.r_offset = sec_addr (sgot) + off;
   5028      1.1  christos 
   5029      1.1  christos       if (h->def_regular
   5030      1.1  christos 	  && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
   5031      1.1  christos 	{
   5032      1.1  christos 	  if(h->plt.offset == MINUS_ONE)
   5033      1.1  christos 	    {
   5034      1.1  christos 	      if (htab->elf.splt == NULL)
   5035      1.1  christos 		srela = htab->elf.irelplt;
   5036      1.1  christos 
   5037      1.1  christos 	      if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
   5038      1.1  christos 		{
   5039      1.1  christos 		  asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
   5040      1.1  christos 		  rela.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (0, R_LARCH_IRELATIVE);
   5041      1.1  christos 		  rela.r_addend = h->root.u.def.value + sec->output_section->vma
   5042      1.1  christos 		    + sec->output_offset;
   5043      1.1  christos 		  bfd_put_NN (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents + off);
   5044      1.1  christos 		}
   5045      1.1  christos 	      else
   5046      1.1  christos 		{
   5047      1.1  christos 		  BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
   5048      1.1  christos 		  rela.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_LARCH_NN);
   5049      1.1  christos 		  rela.r_addend = 0;
   5050      1.1  christos 		  bfd_put_NN (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + off);
   5051      1.1  christos 		}
   5052      1.1  christos 	    }
   5053      1.1  christos 	  else if(bfd_link_pic (info))
   5054      1.1  christos 	    {
   5055      1.1  christos 	      rela.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_LARCH_NN);
   5056      1.1  christos 	      rela.r_addend = 0;
   5057      1.1  christos 	      bfd_put_NN (output_bfd, rela.r_addend, sgot->contents + off);
   5058      1.1  christos 	    }
   5059      1.1  christos 	  else
   5060      1.1  christos 	    {
   5061      1.1  christos 	      asection *plt;
   5062      1.1  christos 	      /* For non-shared object, we can't use .got.plt, which
   5063      1.1  christos 		 contains the real function address if we need pointer
   5064      1.1  christos 		 equality.  We load the GOT entry with the PLT entry.  */
   5065      1.1  christos 	      plt = htab->elf.splt ? htab->elf.splt : htab->elf.iplt;
   5066      1.1  christos 	      bfd_put_NN (output_bfd,
   5067      1.1  christos 			  (plt->output_section->vma
   5068      1.1  christos 			   + plt->output_offset
   5069      1.1  christos 			   + h->plt.offset),
   5070      1.1  christos 			  sgot->contents + off);
   5071      1.1  christos 	      return true;
   5072      1.1  christos 	    }
   5073      1.1  christos 	}
   5074      1.1  christos       else if (bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
   5075      1.1  christos 	{
   5076      1.1  christos 	  asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
   5077      1.1  christos 	  rela.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (0, R_LARCH_RELATIVE);
   5078      1.1  christos 	  rela.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value + sec->output_section->vma
   5079      1.1  christos 			   + sec->output_offset);
   5080      1.1  christos 	}
   5081      1.1  christos       else
   5082      1.1  christos 	{
   5083      1.1  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
   5084      1.1  christos 	  rela.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_LARCH_NN);
   5085      1.1  christos 	  rela.r_addend = 0;
   5086      1.1  christos 	}
   5087      1.1  christos 
   5088      1.1  christos       loongarch_elf_append_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
   5089      1.1  christos     }
   5090      1.1  christos 
   5091      1.1  christos   /* Mark some specially defined symbols as absolute.  */
   5092      1.1  christos   if (h == htab->elf.hdynamic || h == htab->elf.hgot || h == htab->elf.hplt)
   5093      1.1  christos     sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
   5094      1.1  christos 
   5095      1.1  christos   return true;
   5096      1.1  christos }
   5097      1.1  christos 
   5098      1.1  christos /* Finish up the dynamic sections.  */
   5099      1.1  christos 
   5100      1.1  christos static bool
   5101      1.1  christos loongarch_finish_dyn (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *dynobj,
   5102      1.1  christos 		      asection *sdyn)
   5103      1.1  christos {
   5104      1.1  christos   struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *htab = loongarch_elf_hash_table (info);
   5105      1.1  christos   const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
   5106      1.1  christos   size_t dynsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn, skipped_size = 0;
   5107      1.1  christos   bfd_byte *dyncon, *dynconend;
   5108      1.1  christos 
   5109      1.1  christos   dynconend = sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
   5110      1.1  christos   for (dyncon = sdyn->contents; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon += dynsize)
   5111      1.1  christos     {
   5112      1.1  christos       Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
   5113      1.1  christos       asection *s;
   5114      1.1  christos       int skipped = 0;
   5115      1.1  christos 
   5116      1.1  christos       bed->s->swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
   5117      1.1  christos 
   5118      1.1  christos       switch (dyn.d_tag)
   5119      1.1  christos 	{
   5120      1.1  christos 	case DT_PLTGOT:
   5121      1.1  christos 	  s = htab->elf.sgotplt;
   5122      1.1  christos 	  dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
   5123      1.1  christos 	  break;
   5124      1.1  christos 	case DT_JMPREL:
   5125      1.1  christos 	  s = htab->elf.srelplt;
   5126      1.1  christos 	  dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
   5127      1.1  christos 	  break;
   5128      1.1  christos 	case DT_PLTRELSZ:
   5129      1.1  christos 	  s = htab->elf.srelplt;
   5130      1.1  christos 	  dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
   5131      1.1  christos 	  break;
   5132      1.1  christos 	case DT_TEXTREL:
   5133      1.1  christos 	  if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
   5134      1.1  christos 	    skipped = 1;
   5135      1.1  christos 	  break;
   5136      1.1  christos 	case DT_FLAGS:
   5137      1.1  christos 	  if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
   5138      1.1  christos 	    dyn.d_un.d_val &= ~DF_TEXTREL;
   5139      1.1  christos 	  break;
   5140      1.1  christos 	}
   5141      1.1  christos       if (skipped)
   5142      1.1  christos 	skipped_size += dynsize;
   5143      1.1  christos       else
   5144      1.1  christos 	bed->s->swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon - skipped_size);
   5145      1.1  christos     }
   5146      1.1  christos   /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag.  */
   5147      1.1  christos   memset (dyncon - skipped_size, 0, skipped_size);
   5148      1.1  christos   return true;
   5149      1.1  christos }
   5150      1.1  christos 
   5151      1.1  christos /* Finish up local dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of
   5152      1.1  christos    various dynamic sections here.  */
   5153      1.1  christos 
   5154  1.1.1.2  christos static int
   5155      1.1  christos elfNN_loongarch_finish_local_dynamic_symbol (void **slot, void *inf)
   5156      1.1  christos {
   5157      1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) *slot;
   5158      1.1  christos   struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
   5159      1.1  christos 
   5160      1.1  christos   return loongarch_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (info->output_bfd, info, h, NULL);
   5161      1.1  christos }
   5162      1.1  christos 
   5163  1.1.1.2  christos /* Value of struct elf_backend_data->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms,
   5164  1.1.1.2  christos    this function is called before elf_link_sort_relocs.
   5165  1.1.1.2  christos    So relocation R_LARCH_IRELATIVE for local ifunc can be append to
   5166  1.1.1.2  christos    .rela.dyn (.rela.got) by loongarch_elf_append_rela.  */
   5167  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5168  1.1.1.2  christos static bool
   5169  1.1.1.2  christos elf_loongarch_output_arch_local_syms
   5170  1.1.1.2  christos   (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   5171  1.1.1.2  christos    struct bfd_link_info *info,
   5172  1.1.1.2  christos    void *flaginfo ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   5173  1.1.1.2  christos    int (*func) (void *, const char *,
   5174  1.1.1.2  christos 		Elf_Internal_Sym *,
   5175  1.1.1.2  christos 		asection *,
   5176  1.1.1.2  christos 		struct elf_link_hash_entry *) ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   5177  1.1.1.2  christos {
   5178  1.1.1.2  christos   struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *htab = loongarch_elf_hash_table (info);
   5179  1.1.1.2  christos   if (htab == NULL)
   5180  1.1.1.2  christos     return false;
   5181  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5182  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Fill PLT and GOT entries for local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols.  */
   5183  1.1.1.2  christos   htab_traverse (htab->loc_hash_table,
   5184  1.1.1.2  christos 		 elfNN_loongarch_finish_local_dynamic_symbol,
   5185  1.1.1.2  christos 		 info);
   5186  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5187  1.1.1.2  christos   return true;
   5188  1.1.1.2  christos }
   5189  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5190      1.1  christos static bool
   5191      1.1  christos loongarch_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
   5192      1.1  christos 				       struct bfd_link_info *info)
   5193      1.1  christos {
   5194      1.1  christos   bfd *dynobj;
   5195      1.1  christos   asection *sdyn, *plt, *gotplt = NULL;
   5196      1.1  christos   struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   5197      1.1  christos 
   5198      1.1  christos   htab = loongarch_elf_hash_table (info);
   5199      1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (htab);
   5200      1.1  christos   dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj;
   5201      1.1  christos   sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic");
   5202      1.1  christos 
   5203      1.1  christos   if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   5204      1.1  christos     {
   5205      1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.splt && sdyn);
   5206      1.1  christos 
   5207      1.1  christos       if (!loongarch_finish_dyn (output_bfd, info, dynobj, sdyn))
   5208      1.1  christos 	return false;
   5209      1.1  christos     }
   5210      1.1  christos 
   5211      1.1  christos   plt = htab->elf.splt;
   5212      1.1  christos   gotplt = htab->elf.sgotplt;
   5213      1.1  christos 
   5214      1.1  christos   if (plt && 0 < plt->size)
   5215      1.1  christos     {
   5216      1.1  christos       size_t i;
   5217      1.1  christos       uint32_t plt_header[PLT_HEADER_INSNS];
   5218      1.1  christos       if (!loongarch_make_plt_header (sec_addr (gotplt), sec_addr (plt),
   5219      1.1  christos 				      plt_header))
   5220      1.1  christos 	return false;
   5221      1.1  christos 
   5222      1.1  christos       for (i = 0; i < PLT_HEADER_INSNS; i++)
   5223      1.1  christos 	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_header[i], plt->contents + 4 * i);
   5224      1.1  christos 
   5225      1.1  christos       elf_section_data (plt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize =
   5226      1.1  christos 	PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   5227      1.1  christos     }
   5228      1.1  christos 
   5229      1.1  christos   if (htab->elf.sgotplt)
   5230      1.1  christos     {
   5231      1.1  christos       asection *output_section = htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section;
   5232      1.1  christos 
   5233      1.1  christos       if (bfd_is_abs_section (output_section))
   5234      1.1  christos 	{
   5235      1.1  christos 	  _bfd_error_handler (_("discarded output section: `%pA'"),
   5236      1.1  christos 			      htab->elf.sgotplt);
   5237      1.1  christos 	  return false;
   5238      1.1  christos 	}
   5239      1.1  christos 
   5240      1.1  christos       if (0 < htab->elf.sgotplt->size)
   5241      1.1  christos 	{
   5242      1.1  christos 	  /* Write the first two entries in .got.plt, needed for the dynamic
   5243      1.1  christos 	     linker.  */
   5244      1.1  christos 	  bfd_put_NN (output_bfd, MINUS_ONE, htab->elf.sgotplt->contents);
   5245      1.1  christos 
   5246      1.1  christos 	  bfd_put_NN (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0,
   5247      1.1  christos 		      htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + GOT_ENTRY_SIZE);
   5248      1.1  christos 	}
   5249      1.1  christos 
   5250      1.1  christos       elf_section_data (output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   5251      1.1  christos     }
   5252      1.1  christos 
   5253      1.1  christos   if (htab->elf.sgot)
   5254      1.1  christos     {
   5255      1.1  christos       asection *output_section = htab->elf.sgot->output_section;
   5256      1.1  christos 
   5257      1.1  christos       if (0 < htab->elf.sgot->size)
   5258      1.1  christos 	{
   5259      1.1  christos 	  /* Set the first entry in the global offset table to the address of
   5260      1.1  christos 	     the dynamic section.  */
   5261      1.1  christos 	  bfd_vma val = sdyn ? sec_addr (sdyn) : 0;
   5262      1.1  christos 	  bfd_put_NN (output_bfd, val, htab->elf.sgot->contents);
   5263      1.1  christos 	}
   5264      1.1  christos 
   5265      1.1  christos       elf_section_data (output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   5266      1.1  christos     }
   5267      1.1  christos 
   5268      1.1  christos   return true;
   5269      1.1  christos }
   5270      1.1  christos 
   5271      1.1  christos /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
   5272      1.1  christos    or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included.  */
   5273      1.1  christos 
   5274      1.1  christos static bfd_vma
   5275      1.1  christos loongarch_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
   5276      1.1  christos 			   const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   5277      1.1  christos {
   5278      1.1  christos   return plt->vma + PLT_HEADER_SIZE + i * PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   5279      1.1  christos }
   5280      1.1  christos 
   5281      1.1  christos static enum elf_reloc_type_class
   5282      1.1  christos loongarch_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   5283      1.1  christos 			    const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   5284      1.1  christos 			    const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
   5285      1.1  christos {
   5286      1.1  christos   struct loongarch_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   5287      1.1  christos   htab = loongarch_elf_hash_table (info);
   5288      1.1  christos 
   5289      1.1  christos   if (htab->elf.dynsym != NULL && htab->elf.dynsym->contents != NULL)
   5290      1.1  christos     {
   5291      1.1  christos       /* Check relocation against STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol if there are
   5292      1.1  christos 	 dynamic symbols.  */
   5293      1.1  christos       bfd *abfd = info->output_bfd;
   5294      1.1  christos       const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
   5295      1.1  christos       unsigned long r_symndx = ELFNN_R_SYM (rela->r_info);
   5296      1.1  christos       if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF)
   5297      1.1  christos 	{
   5298      1.1  christos 	  Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
   5299      1.1  christos 	  if (!bed->s->swap_symbol_in (abfd,
   5300      1.1  christos 				       htab->elf.dynsym->contents
   5301      1.1  christos 				       + r_symndx * bed->s->sizeof_sym,
   5302      1.1  christos 				       0, &sym))
   5303      1.1  christos 	    {
   5304      1.1  christos 	      /* xgettext:c-format  */
   5305      1.1  christos 	      _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB symbol number %lu references"
   5306      1.1  christos 				    " nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
   5307      1.1  christos 				  abfd, r_symndx);
   5308      1.1  christos 	      /* Ideally an error class should be returned here.  */
   5309      1.1  christos 	    }
   5310      1.1  christos 	  else if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym.st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
   5311      1.1  christos 	    return reloc_class_ifunc;
   5312      1.1  christos 	}
   5313      1.1  christos     }
   5314      1.1  christos 
   5315      1.1  christos   switch (ELFNN_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
   5316      1.1  christos     {
   5317      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_IRELATIVE:
   5318      1.1  christos       return reloc_class_ifunc;
   5319      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_RELATIVE:
   5320      1.1  christos       return reloc_class_relative;
   5321      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_JUMP_SLOT:
   5322      1.1  christos       return reloc_class_plt;
   5323      1.1  christos     case R_LARCH_COPY:
   5324      1.1  christos       return reloc_class_copy;
   5325      1.1  christos     default:
   5326      1.1  christos       return reloc_class_normal;
   5327      1.1  christos     }
   5328      1.1  christos }
   5329      1.1  christos 
   5330      1.1  christos /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry.  */
   5331      1.1  christos 
   5332      1.1  christos static void
   5333      1.1  christos loongarch_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   5334      1.1  christos 				    struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
   5335      1.1  christos 				    struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
   5336      1.1  christos {
   5337      1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
   5338      1.1  christos 
   5339      1.1  christos   edir = dir;
   5340      1.1  christos   eind = ind;
   5341      1.1  christos 
   5342      1.1  christos   if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
   5343      1.1  christos     {
   5344      1.1  christos       if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
   5345      1.1  christos 	{
   5346      1.1  christos 	  struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
   5347      1.1  christos 	  struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
   5348      1.1  christos 
   5349      1.1  christos 	  /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
   5350      1.1  christos 	     list.  Merge any entries against the same section.  */
   5351      1.1  christos 	  for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL;)
   5352      1.1  christos 	    {
   5353      1.1  christos 	      struct elf_dyn_relocs *q;
   5354      1.1  christos 
   5355      1.1  christos 	      for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
   5356      1.1  christos 		if (q->sec == p->sec)
   5357      1.1  christos 		  {
   5358      1.1  christos 		    q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
   5359      1.1  christos 		    q->count += p->count;
   5360      1.1  christos 		    *pp = p->next;
   5361      1.1  christos 		    break;
   5362      1.1  christos 		  }
   5363      1.1  christos 	      if (q == NULL)
   5364      1.1  christos 		pp = &p->next;
   5365      1.1  christos 	    }
   5366      1.1  christos 	  *pp = edir->dyn_relocs;
   5367      1.1  christos 	}
   5368      1.1  christos 
   5369      1.1  christos       edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs;
   5370      1.1  christos       eind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
   5371      1.1  christos     }
   5372      1.1  christos 
   5373      1.1  christos   if (ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect && dir->got.refcount < 0)
   5374      1.1  christos     {
   5375      1.1  christos       loongarch_elf_hash_entry(edir)->tls_type
   5376      1.1  christos 	= loongarch_elf_hash_entry(eind)->tls_type;
   5377      1.1  christos       loongarch_elf_hash_entry(eind)->tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
   5378      1.1  christos     }
   5379      1.1  christos   _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
   5380      1.1  christos }
   5381      1.1  christos 
   5382      1.1  christos #define PRSTATUS_SIZE		    0x1d8
   5383      1.1  christos #define PRSTATUS_OFFSET_PR_CURSIG   0xc
   5384      1.1  christos #define PRSTATUS_OFFSET_PR_PID	    0x20
   5385      1.1  christos #define ELF_GREGSET_T_SIZE	    0x168
   5386      1.1  christos #define PRSTATUS_OFFSET_PR_REG	    0x70
   5387      1.1  christos 
   5388      1.1  christos /* Support for core dump NOTE sections.  */
   5389      1.1  christos 
   5390      1.1  christos static bool
   5391      1.1  christos loongarch_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
   5392      1.1  christos {
   5393      1.1  christos   switch (note->descsz)
   5394      1.1  christos     {
   5395      1.1  christos     default:
   5396      1.1  christos       return false;
   5397      1.1  christos 
   5398      1.1  christos     /* The sizeof (struct elf_prstatus) on Linux/LoongArch.  */
   5399      1.1  christos     case PRSTATUS_SIZE:
   5400      1.1  christos       /* pr_cursig  */
   5401      1.1  christos       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal =
   5402      1.1  christos 	bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + PRSTATUS_OFFSET_PR_CURSIG);
   5403      1.1  christos 
   5404      1.1  christos       /* pr_pid  */
   5405      1.1  christos       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid =
   5406      1.1  christos 	bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + PRSTATUS_OFFSET_PR_PID);
   5407      1.1  christos       break;
   5408      1.1  christos     }
   5409      1.1  christos 
   5410      1.1  christos   /* Make a ".reg/999" section.  */
   5411      1.1  christos   return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", ELF_GREGSET_T_SIZE,
   5412      1.1  christos 					  note->descpos
   5413      1.1  christos 					  + PRSTATUS_OFFSET_PR_REG);
   5414      1.1  christos }
   5415      1.1  christos 
   5416      1.1  christos #define PRPSINFO_SIZE		    0x88
   5417      1.1  christos #define PRPSINFO_OFFSET_PR_PID	    0x18
   5418      1.1  christos #define PRPSINFO_OFFSET_PR_FNAME    0x28
   5419      1.1  christos #define PRPSINFO_SIZEOF_PR_FNAME    0x10
   5420      1.1  christos #define PRPSINFO_OFFSET_PR_PS_ARGS  0x38
   5421      1.1  christos #define PRPSINFO_SIZEOF_PR_PS_ARGS  0x50
   5422      1.1  christos 
   5423      1.1  christos static bool
   5424      1.1  christos loongarch_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
   5425      1.1  christos {
   5426      1.1  christos   switch (note->descsz)
   5427      1.1  christos     {
   5428      1.1  christos     default:
   5429      1.1  christos       return false;
   5430      1.1  christos 
   5431      1.1  christos     /* The sizeof (prpsinfo_t) on Linux/LoongArch.  */
   5432      1.1  christos     case PRPSINFO_SIZE:
   5433      1.1  christos       /* pr_pid  */
   5434      1.1  christos       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid =
   5435      1.1  christos 	bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + PRPSINFO_OFFSET_PR_PID);
   5436      1.1  christos 
   5437      1.1  christos       /* pr_fname  */
   5438      1.1  christos       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program =
   5439      1.1  christos 	_bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + PRPSINFO_OFFSET_PR_FNAME,
   5440      1.1  christos 			      PRPSINFO_SIZEOF_PR_FNAME);
   5441      1.1  christos 
   5442      1.1  christos       /* pr_psargs  */
   5443      1.1  christos       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command =
   5444      1.1  christos 	_bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + PRPSINFO_OFFSET_PR_PS_ARGS,
   5445      1.1  christos 			      PRPSINFO_SIZEOF_PR_PS_ARGS);
   5446      1.1  christos       break;
   5447      1.1  christos     }
   5448      1.1  christos 
   5449      1.1  christos   /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
   5450      1.1  christos      onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
   5451      1.1  christos      implementations, so strip it off if it exists.  */
   5452      1.1  christos 
   5453      1.1  christos   {
   5454      1.1  christos     char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
   5455      1.1  christos     int n = strlen (command);
   5456      1.1  christos 
   5457      1.1  christos     if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
   5458      1.1  christos       command[n - 1] = '\0';
   5459      1.1  christos   }
   5460      1.1  christos 
   5461      1.1  christos   return true;
   5462      1.1  christos }
   5463      1.1  christos 
   5464      1.1  christos /* Set the right mach type.  */
   5465      1.1  christos static bool
   5466      1.1  christos loongarch_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
   5467      1.1  christos {
   5468      1.1  christos   /* There are only two mach types in LoongArch currently.  */
   5469      1.1  christos   if (strcmp (abfd->xvec->name, "elf64-loongarch") == 0)
   5470      1.1  christos     bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_loongarch, bfd_mach_loongarch64);
   5471      1.1  christos   else
   5472      1.1  christos     bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_loongarch, bfd_mach_loongarch32);
   5473      1.1  christos   return true;
   5474      1.1  christos }
   5475      1.1  christos 
   5476      1.1  christos static asection *
   5477      1.1  christos loongarch_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec, struct bfd_link_info *info,
   5478      1.1  christos 			    Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
   5479      1.1  christos 			    struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   5480      1.1  christos 			    Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
   5481      1.1  christos {
   5482      1.1  christos   if (h != NULL)
   5483      1.1  christos     switch (ELFNN_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
   5484      1.1  christos       {
   5485      1.1  christos       case R_LARCH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   5486      1.1  christos       case R_LARCH_GNU_VTENTRY:
   5487      1.1  christos 	return NULL;
   5488      1.1  christos       }
   5489      1.1  christos 
   5490      1.1  christos   return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
   5491      1.1  christos }
   5492      1.1  christos 
   5493      1.1  christos /* Return TRUE if symbol H should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section.  For
   5494      1.1  christos    executable PLT slots where the executable never takes the address of those
   5495      1.1  christos    functions, the function symbols are not added to the hash table.  */
   5496      1.1  christos 
   5497      1.1  christos static bool
   5498      1.1  christos elf_loongarch64_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
   5499      1.1  christos {
   5500      1.1  christos   if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
   5501      1.1  christos       && !h->def_regular
   5502      1.1  christos       && !h->pointer_equality_needed)
   5503      1.1  christos     return false;
   5504      1.1  christos 
   5505      1.1  christos   return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h);
   5506      1.1  christos }
   5507      1.1  christos 
   5508  1.1.1.2  christos /* If a relocation is rela_normal and the symbol associated with the
   5509  1.1.1.2  christos    relocation is STT_SECTION type, the addend of the relocation would add
   5510  1.1.1.2  christos    sec->output_offset when partial linking (ld -r).
   5511  1.1.1.2  christos    See elf_backend_data.rela_normal and elf_link_input_bfd().
   5512  1.1.1.2  christos    The addend of R_LARCH_ALIGN is used to represent the first and third
   5513  1.1.1.2  christos    expression of .align, it should be a constant when linking.  */
   5514  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5515  1.1.1.2  christos static bool
   5516  1.1.1.2  christos loongarch_elf_is_rela_normal (Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
   5517  1.1.1.2  christos {
   5518  1.1.1.2  christos   if (R_LARCH_ALIGN == ELFNN_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
   5519  1.1.1.2  christos     return false;
   5520  1.1.1.2  christos   return true;
   5521  1.1.1.2  christos }
   5522  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5523      1.1  christos #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM loongarch_elfNN_vec
   5524      1.1  christos #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elfNN-loongarch"
   5525      1.1  christos #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_loongarch
   5526      1.1  christos #define ELF_TARGET_ID LARCH_ELF_DATA
   5527      1.1  christos #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_LOONGARCH
   5528      1.1  christos #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x4000
   5529      1.1  christos #define bfd_elfNN_bfd_reloc_type_lookup loongarch_reloc_type_lookup
   5530      1.1  christos #define bfd_elfNN_bfd_link_hash_table_create				  \
   5531      1.1  christos   loongarch_elf_link_hash_table_create
   5532      1.1  christos #define bfd_elfNN_bfd_reloc_name_lookup loongarch_reloc_name_lookup
   5533      1.1  christos #define elf_info_to_howto_rel NULL /* Fall through to elf_info_to_howto.  */
   5534      1.1  christos #define elf_info_to_howto loongarch_info_to_howto_rela
   5535      1.1  christos #define bfd_elfNN_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data				  \
   5536      1.1  christos   elfNN_loongarch_merge_private_bfd_data
   5537      1.1  christos 
   5538      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class loongarch_reloc_type_class
   5539      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol loongarch_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
   5540      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections				   \
   5541      1.1  christos   loongarch_elf_create_dynamic_sections
   5542      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_check_relocs loongarch_elf_check_relocs
   5543      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol loongarch_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
   5544  1.1.1.2  christos #define elf_backend_late_size_sections loongarch_elf_late_size_sections
   5545      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_relocate_section loongarch_elf_relocate_section
   5546      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol loongarch_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
   5547  1.1.1.2  christos #define elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms \
   5548  1.1.1.2  christos   elf_loongarch_output_arch_local_syms
   5549      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections				   \
   5550      1.1  christos   loongarch_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
   5551      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_object_p loongarch_elf_object_p
   5552      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook loongarch_elf_gc_mark_hook
   5553      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val loongarch_elf_plt_sym_val
   5554      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus loongarch_elf_grok_prstatus
   5555      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo loongarch_elf_grok_psinfo
   5556      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_hash_symbol elf_loongarch64_hash_symbol
   5557  1.1.1.2  christos #define bfd_elfNN_bfd_relax_section loongarch_elf_relax_section
   5558  1.1.1.2  christos #define elf_backend_is_rela_normal loongarch_elf_is_rela_normal
   5559  1.1.1.2  christos 
   5560  1.1.1.2  christos #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
   5561      1.1  christos 
   5562      1.1  christos #include "elfNN-target.h"
   5563